cpa_-_far_copy_20190610235057 Flashcards

1
Q

Which one of the following is not a legal form of business combination?

  • Consolidation.
  • Merger.
  • Pooling of interests.
  • Acquisition.
A

Pooling of interests.A pooling of interests is not one of the three legal forms of business combinations, which are: (1) merger, (2) consolidation, and (3) acquisition. A pooling of interests is a method of accounting for a business combination, but under GAAP, it cannot be used after June 30, 2001.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
2
Q

Under normal circumstances, what minimum level of voting ownership is considered to give the investor control over the investee?

  • 10+%
  • 20+%
  • 50+%
  • 100%
A

50+%In the absence of circumstances that restrict an investor from exercising its ownership rights, owning 50+% of the voting securities will give the investor control over the investee. Since it has majority ownership, it can elect the Board of Directors of the investee and, thus, control the operations of the investee.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
3
Q

For business combinations, which one of the following statements correctly reflects the determination of the accounts and amounts for the entry to record the combination?

  • Legal form determines both the entry accounts and entry amounts.
  • Legal form determines the entry accounts; accounting method determines entry amounts.
  • Legal form determines entry amounts; accounting method determines entry accounts.
  • Accounting method determines both the entry accounts and entry amounts.
A

Legal form determines the entry accounts; accounting method determines entry amounts.The legal form of a business combination determines the entry accounts (i.e., which accounts to debit and/or credit), and the accounting method (acquisition method) determines the amounts at which the entries will be made (i.e., fair value).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
4
Q

If, as a result of gaining control of another entity, the acquiring entity recognizes an investment in the acquired entity on its books, which of the following legal forms of business combination could have occurred? Merger Consolidation Acquisition

A

Merger - NO Consolidation - NO Acquisition - YES
In an acquisition, the acquiring entity recognizes (debits) on its books as an investment in the acquired entity, but in a merger and in a consolidation, the assets and liabilities of the acquired entity/entities are recorded on the books of the acquiring entity, not an investment in the acquired entity. In an acquisition, one preexisting entity acquires controlling interest in another preexisting entity, and both continue to exist as separate legal entities, with the acquired entity a subsidiary of the acquiring entity. In a merger and in a consolidation, at least one preexisting entity ceases to exist, and the assets and liabilities are recorded on the books of the surviving entity.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
5
Q

In which of the following legal forms of business combination are the assets and liabilities of an acquired entity or entities recorded on the books of the acquiring entity? Merger Acquisition Consolidation

A

Merger - YES Acquisition - NO Consolidation - YES
In a merger and in a consolidation, the assets and liabilities of the acquired entity/entities are recorded on the books of the acquiring entity, but in an acquisition, the assets and liabilities of the acquired entity remain on the books of the acquired entity. In a merger and in a consolidation, at least one preexisting entity ceases to exist, and the assets and liabilities are recorded on the books of the surviving entity. In an acquisition, one preexisting entity acquires controlling interest in another preexisting entity, and both continue to exist as separate legal entities.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
6
Q

In which of the following legal forms of business combination are two or more entities combined into one new entity? Merger Consolidation Acquisition

A

Merger - NO Consolidation - YES Acquisition - NO
Only a legal consolidation results from the combination of two or more existing entities into one new entity. In a merger, one preexisting entity is combined into another preexisting entity; no new entity is formed. In an acquisition, one preexisting entity acquires controlling interest in another preexisting entity, and both continue to exist as separate legal entities; no new entity is formed.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
7
Q

Topco owns 60% of the voting common stock of Midco and 40% of the voting common stock of Botco. Topco wishes to gain control of Botco by having Midco buy shares of Botco’s voting stock. Which one of the following minimum levels of ownership of Botco must Midco have in order for Topco to have controlling interest of Botco’s voting stock?

  • 11%
  • 17%
  • 26%
  • 50+%
A

11%In order for Topco to gain control of Botco, it must own, either directly or indirectly, more than 50% of Botco’s voting stock. Since it directly owns 40% of Botco’s voting stock, it must acquire control over 10+% more. Also, since Topco owns 60% of Midco, it controls Midco. Therefore, if Midco acquires 11% of Botco, Topco will be able to exercise 51% of Botco’s voting stock - 40% directly and 11% indirectly through its control of Midco.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
8
Q

If a business combination is effected through an exchange of equity interests, assuming all other factors are equal, which one of the following independent circumstances would not indicate the likely acquirer in a business combination?

  • The combining entity whose owners have the larger portion of voting rights in the combined entity.
  • The combining entity whose owners have the ability to select or remove a voting majority of the governing body of the combined entity.
  • The combining entity whose debt-holders have the larger portion of the debt of the combined entity.
  • The combining entity whose former management dominates the combined entity.
A

The combining entity whose debt-holders have the larger portion of the debt of the combined entity.Because debt-holders do not have voting rights and cannot exercise control over an investee, the combining entity whose debt-holders have the larger portion of the debt of the combined entity by itself would not indicate that the entity is an acquirer in a business combination.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
9
Q

Which of the following statements concerning the acquisition date of a business combination is/are correct? The acquisition date may be before the closing date. The acquisition date may be on the closing date.
The acquisition date may be after the closing date.

A

The acquisition date may be before the closing date. - YES The acquisition date may be on the closing date. - YES
The acquisition date may be after the closing date. - YES

All three statements are correct. The acquisition date may be before the closing date, on the closing date, or after the closing date, if by agreement or otherwise the acquirer gains control of the acquiree at an earlier or later date than the closing date.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
10
Q

When a new entity is formed to effect a business combination, which of the following statements, if any, is/are correct? A legal consolidation has occurred. The new entity is always the acquirer in the business combination.

A

A legal consolidation has occurred. - YES The new entity is always the acquirer in the business combination. - NO
Statement I is correct; Statement II is not correct. When a new entity is formed to effect a business combination, a legal consolidation has occurred (Statement I), but the new entity is not always the acquirer in the combination (Statement II). If the new entity transfers cash or other assets or incurs liabilities to effect the combination, the new entity is likely the acquirer, but if the new entity issues equity interest to effect the business combination, one of the pre-existing combining entities must be the acquirer.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
11
Q

The acquisition date of a business combination is generally which one of the following?

  • The effective date.
  • The closing date.
  • The settlement date.
  • The recording date.
A

The closing date.The acquisition date of a business combination is the date on which the acquiring entity obtains control of the acquired business; usually, it is also the closing date (of the business combination).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
12
Q

At the closing date of a business combination, goodwill was recognized. During the subsequent measurement period, additional identifiable assets were properly recognized as part of the business combination. If no other changes occurred during the measurement period, which one of the following would be the effect, if any, of the additional assets recognized on the amount of goodwill recognized in the combination?

  • No change in the amount of goodwill recognized.
  • An increase in the amount of goodwill recognized.
  • A decrease in the amount of goodwill recognized.
  • An increase or decrease in the amount of goodwill recognized, depending on the underlying reason(s) for the goodwill.
A

A decrease in the amount of goodwill recognized.The recognition of additional identifiable assets would result in a decrease in the amount of goodwill initially recognized in a business combination. Since goodwill is basically the difference (residual) between the investment fair value and the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired, an increase in the identifiable assets will result in a decrease in the amount of goodwill.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
13
Q

In which one of the following cases is Company A most likely to be the acquirer of Company B in a business combination?

  • Company A owns 80% of Company B’s long-term debt.
  • Company A owns 40% of Company B’s voting stock and 40% of Company C’s voting stock, which owns 20% of Company B’s voting stock.
  • Company A owns 35% of Company B’s voting stock and 60% of Company C’s voting stock, which owns 20% of Company B’s voting stock.
  • Company A owns 40% of Company B’s outstanding bonds and 20% of Company B’s voting stock.
A

Company A owns 35% of Company B’s voting stock and 60% of Company C’s voting stock, which owns 20% of Company B’s voting stock.Generally, to be an acquirer, an entity must own, either directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting stock of another entity. In this case, Company A owns 35% of Company B directly and would control 20% indirectly, or a total of 55%. (Since Company A owns 60% of Company C, it has absolute control of C and could control C’s 20% ownership of B.) Thus, Company A would control Company B and likely would be an acquirer in a business combination.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
14
Q

Which one of the following correctly describes the maximum length of the measurement period for a business combination?

  • The acquisition date of the business combination.
  • The end of the annual fiscal period in which the combination occurs.
  • One year from the acquisition date of the combination.
  • Indefinite, until all information about accounts and amounts is known.
A

One year from the acquisition date of the combination.The measurement period may extend up to one year from the acquisition (closing) date of a business combination. The measurement period is the period after the acquisition date during which the acquirer may adjust any provisional amounts recognized as part of the business combination, and it may extend for as long as one year after the acquisition date.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
15
Q

Which of the following statements, if any, concerning the accounting for business combinations is/are correct? All business combinations in the U.S. are subject to the acquisition accounting requirements of ASC 805, “Business Combinations.” The acquisition accounting requirements of ASC 805, “Business Combinations,” are identical to those of IFRS #3, “Business Combinations.”

A

NEITHER.either statement is correct. No business combinations in the U.S. are subject to the acquisition accounting requirements of ASC 805 (Statement I). That pronouncement specifically excludes certain combinations, including the formation of a joint venture, the acquisition of assets that do not constitute a business, a combination between entities under common control, a combination between not-for-profit organizations, and the acquisition of a for-profit entity by a not-for-profit organization. In addition, the requirements of ASC 805 are not identical to those of IFRS #3 (Statement II). Differences exist between the two pronouncements in the areas of scope; the definition of control; how fair value, contingencies, employee benefit obligations, noncontrolling interest, and goodwill are measured; and disclosure requirements.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
16
Q

Which one of the following would be subject to the acquisition accounting requirements of ASC 805, “Business Combinations?”

  • Formation of a joint venture.
  • Acquisition of a manufacturing entity by a holding company.
  • Acquisition of a for-profit entity by a not-for-profit organization.
  • Combination of entities under common control.
A

Acquisition of a manufacturing entity by a holding company.The acquisition of a manufacturing entity by a holding company would be subject to the acquisition accounting requirements of ASC 805. The formation of a joint venture, the acquisition of assets that do not constitute a business, a combination between entities under common control, a combination between not-for-profit organizations, and the acquisition of a for-profit entity by a not-for-profit organization are the only combinations specifically excluded from the scope of ASC 805.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
17
Q

The requirements of ASC 805, “Business Combinations,” apply to all of the following business combinations except for which one?

  • Combination between financial institutions.
  • The acquisition of a foreign entity by a U.S. entity.
  • Combination between not-for-profit organizations.
  • The acquisition of a group of assets that constitutes a business.
A

Combination between not-for-profit organizations.The requirements of ASC 805 do not apply to combinations between not-for-profit organizations (or to the formation of a joint venture, an acquisition of assets that do not constitute a business, a combination of entities under common control, or the acquisition of a for-profit entity by a not-for-profit organization).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
18
Q

Which of the following is/are acceptable methods to account for a business combination? Purchase Method Acquisition Method Pooling of interests Method

A

Purchase Method - NO Acquisition Method - YES Pooling of interests Method - NO
Only the acquisition method is acceptable in accounting for a business combination. The purchase method and the pooling of interests method of accounting for a business combination are not acceptable methods. The pooling of interests method was eliminated in 2001 and the purchase method was changed to the acquisition method in 2008. Although the acquisition method is a variation of the purchase method, it has sufficiently different requirements that it is not identified as the “purchase method,” but rather as the “acquisition method.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
19
Q

Which one of the following is not a characteristic associated with the concept of a “business” for the purposes of ASC 805, “Business Combinations?”

  • Is an integrated set of activities and assets.
  • Uses inputs and processes.
  • Is intended to provide economic benefits to owners or others.
  • Must be in the form of a separate legal entity.
A

Must be in the form of a separate legal entity.For the purposes of ASC 805, a business does not have to be in the form of a separate legal entity. Specifically, a business is an integrated set of activities and assets that is capable of being conducted and managed through the use of inputs and processes for the purpose of providing economic benefits to owners, members, or participants. The concept of a “business” for the purposes of ASC 805 does not have to be in the form of a separate legal entity. Under this definition, a “business” may be a group of assets (or net assets) that constitute a business (e.g., a line of business) and does not have to be in the form of a separate legal entity.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
20
Q

Zipco, Inc. acquired 100% of the voting stock of Narco, Inc. with an acquisition date of March 31, 2009. During the following three months, Zipco learned the following: A major credit customer of Narco had declared bankruptcy on March 1, 2009, but the adverse effect on Narco’s accounts receivable had not been recognized in the amount of accounts receivable recognized in the acquisition date amounts. Narco had a lawsuit against it that existed at the acquisition date of the combination but was not recognized on Narco’s books or in the liabilities recognized at the acquisition date. Analysis determined that it was more likely than not that the party that brought the lawsuit would win a material judgment against Narco/Zipco.
Which of these items of new information, if any, should be recognized in accounting for the business combination?

A

BOTH.The effects of both the reduced accounts receivable and the lawsuit liability would be recognized in accounting for the business combination. Since the effects on Narco’s accounts receivable and the lawsuit liability both occurred before the acquisition date, both items would be recognized in accounting for the business combination and would be adjustments made during the measurement period. The effects would be to reduce accounts receivable (Item I) and to increase liabilities (Item II) in the final recording of the business combination.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
21
Q

The terms of a business combination can provide that former shareholders of the acquired firm may receive additional compensation based on post-combination earnings or post-combination market share price. Would additional compensation based on such earnings or market price be considered an additional cost of the business combination? Based on Earnings Based on Share Price

A

Based on Earnings - NO Based on Share Price - NO
Additional compensation to former shareholders of an acquired entity based on either post-combination earnings or post-combination share price would not be recognized as changes in the cost of the business combination. Changes in the fair value of contingent consideration resulting from occurrences after the acquisition date, including meeting earnings targets and reaching a specified share price, are not measurement period adjustments and do not enter into the cost of a business combination.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
22
Q

Which of the following statements concerning the acquisition of a business is/are correct?

  • Most consideration transferred to effect a business combination should be measured at fair value.
  • Contingent consideration should be included in the cost of an acquired business at fair value existing on the acquisition date.
  • The cost of carrying out a business combination should be included in the cost of an acquired business.
A

1 and 2 Only.Statement I and Statement II are correct; Statement III is not correct. Most consideration used to effect a business combination should be measured at fair value (Statement I). The only exception is when the consideration transferred remains under the control of the acquirer. Contingent consideration should be included in the cost of an acquired business at fair value as of the acquisition date (Statement II). The cost of carrying out a business combination should not be included in the cost of an acquired business (Statement III); most such costs should be expensed.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
23
Q

Changes in the fair value of contingent consideration transferred in a business combination resulting from occurrences after the acquisition date should be recognized as a gain or loss in the current income when the contingent consideration is classified as An Asset or a Liability An Equity Item

A

An Asset or a Liability - YES An Equity Item - NO
Changes in the fair value of contingent consideration resulting from occurrences that occur after the acquisition date are recognized as gains or losses when the contingent consideration is classified as an asset or a liability. Contingent considerations classified as equity are not remeasured, and no gain or loss is recognized. The change in fair value of equity items is recognized as an adjustment within equity.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
24
Q

An obligation of an acquirer to pay contingent consideration to the former owners of an acquired entity in a business combination can be recognized as which of the following? A Liability An Equity Item

A

A Liability - YES An Equity Item - YES
An obligation to pay contingent consideration in a business combination may be recognized by the acquirer as either a liability or as an equity item, depending on the nature of the obligation under the provisions of FASB #150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
25
Q

On January 2, 2009, the beginning of its fiscal year, Zable, Inc. acquired all of the stock of Sideco, Inc. from its owners using the following forms and amounts of consideration to pay Sideco owners: Cash $50,000 An investment in Loco, Inc. bonds which Zable had designated as held-for-trading, and which had a cost of $100,000 and a carrying amount of $102,000. Land, with a cost of $50,000 and a fair value of $60,000.
Which one of the following is the total amount of consideration Zable paid to acquire Sidco?A.$200,000B.$202,000C.$210,000D.$212,000

A

$212,000Generally, assets (and liabilities and equity) transferred as consideration in a business combination should be measured at fair value. When assets being transferred have a carrying value different than fair value, they should be adjusted to fair value before the transfer and a gain or loss recognized. Thus, the correct answer ($212,000) results from using the fair value of the bonds ($102,000) and the fair value of the land ($60,000), together with the cash ($50,000), or a total of $212,000 as the total consideration. In this case, since the assets are transferred to Sideco’s former owners and not Sideco, the following would apply:Cash would be transferred at face amount, $50,000, with no gain or loss.The investment in Loco would be transferred at carrying value ($102,000), which is also fair value because the bonds are held-for-trading and would have been adjusted to fair value at December 31, 2008, with any gain or loss recognized at that time.The land would be transferred at fair value, $60,000, and a $10,000 gain would be recognized in connection with the business combination.Thus, the total consideration would be $212,000.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
26
Q

On January 2, 2009, the beginning of its fiscal year, Zable, Inc. acquired all of the stock of Sideco, Inc. from its owners using the following forms and amounts of consideration to pay Sideco owners: Cash $50,000 An investment in Loco, Inc. bonds which Zable had designated as held-for-trading, and which had a cost of $100,000 and a carrying amount of $102,000. Land, with a cost of $50,000 and a fair value of $60,000.
Which one of the following is the amount of gain or loss, if any, that Zable should recognize in connection with the transfer of these assets to Sideco owners?
* 0 - (no gain or loss).
* $2,000
* $ 10,000
* $ 12,000

A

$10,000The amount of gain recognized in connection with the business combination would be $10,000. Generally, assets (and liabilities and equity) transferred as consideration in a business combination should be measured at fair value. When assets being transferred have a carrying value different than fair value, they should be adjusted to fair value before the transfer and a gain or loss recognized. In this case, since the assets are transferred to Sideco’s former owners and not Sideco, the following would apply:Cash would be transferred at face amount, $50,000, with no gain or loss.The investment in Loco would be transferred at carrying value ($102,000), which is also fair value because the bonds are held-for-trading and would have been adjusted to fair value at December 31, 2008, with any gain or loss recognized at that time. So, no gain or loss would be recognized on January 2, 2009, in connection with the business combination.The land would be transferred at fair value, $60,000, and a $10,000 gain would be recognized in connection with the business combination.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
27
Q

In which one of the following cases will a non-cash asset transferred as consideration in a business combination be measured at carrying value, not at fair value?

  • The asset transferred is a non-monetary asset.
  • The asset transferred is a non-depreciable asset.
  • The asset transferred remains under the control of the acquiring entity.
  • The asset transferred has a fair value less than the carrying value.
A

The asset transferred remains under the control of the acquiring entity.When the transferred asset remains under the control of the acquiring entity, the asset is transferred at carrying value, not fair value; for example, when the acquirer transfers a non-cash asset (e.g., land) as consideration and the asset remains with the acquiree, over which the acquirer has control. Otherwise, all assets (and liabilities and equity) transferred as consideration in a business combination are measured at fair value, not carrying value.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
28
Q

Which one of the following payments by an acquirer in a business combination is most likely to be a part of the cost in recording a business combination transaction?

  • Payment by the acquirer to settle a trade payable due to the acquired entity.
  • Payment by the acquirer to the acquiree’s management personnel to remain with the firm for one year following the business combination.
  • Payment by the acquirer to the acquiree for a valid patent not previously recognized by the acquiree.
  • Payment by the acquirer to reimburse the acquiree for cost it incurred in carrying out the business combination.
A

Payment by the acquirer to the acquiree for a valid patent not previously recognized by the acquiree.Payment for a valid patent, even though not previously recognized by the acquiree, most likely would be a part of the business combination transaction. Since costs of developing a patentable item are expensed when incurred, the acquiree may not have recognized any asset associated with the patent, but the acquirer should record the patent acquired in a business combination at fair value.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
29
Q

On July 1, 2009, Lazer, Inc. acquired all of the assets, with a fair value of $400,000, and liabilities, with a fair value of $150,000, of Tipco, Inc. for $250,000 cash. In addition, Lazer paid $20,000 in legal and accounting fees for the combination and expects to pay $50,000 to close one of Tipco’s plants and relocate its employees. Which one of the following is the total amount of consideration that Lazer paid for Tipco in the business combination?

  • $250,000
  • $270,000
  • $300,000
  • $320,000
A

$250,000The total consideration paid by Lazer to acquire Tipco is $250,000, the cash paid. The other cost of carrying out the business combination ($20,000) and the expected cost of closing one of Tipco’s plants and relocating its employees ($50,000) would not be part of the cost of the acquisition. The $20,000 legal and accounting fees will be expensed as cost of carrying out the combination. The expected cost of closing one of Tipco’s plants and relocating its employees will not be recognized until there is an actual liability.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
30
Q

On July 1, 2009, Lazer, Inc. acquired all of the assets, with a fair value of $400,000, and liabilities, with a fair value of $150,000, of Tipco, Inc. for $250,000 cash. In addition, Lazer paid $20,000 in legal and accounting fees for the combination and expects to pay $50,000 to close one of Tipco’s plants and relocate its employees. Which one of the following is the amount of liability that Lazer should recognize in recording the business combination?

  • $- 0 - (no liability)
  • $150,000
  • $170,000
  • $200,000
A

$150,000Lazer will recognize $150,000 in liabilities, the fair value of the amount acquired from Tipco. The $20,000 legal and accounting fees will be expensed as cost of carrying out the combination. The expected cost of closing one of Tipco’s plants and relocating its employees will not be recognized until there is an actual liability.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
31
Q

Which of the following kinds of intangible assets on the books of an acquired entity immediately before a business combination would be recognized by the acquiring entity? Future benefits that derive from legal rights Future benefits that can be separately sold

A

Future benefits that derive from legal rights - YES Future benefits that can be separately sold - YES
Intangible assets on the books of an acquired entity immediately before a business combination would be recognized by the acquiring entity if they either have future benefits that arise from contractual or legal rights (e.g., trademarks, copyrights, franchise agreements, etc.) or are capable of being separately sold, transferred, licensed, rented, or exchanged (e.g., customer lists, databases, etc.).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
32
Q

Which of the following statements, if any, concerning a noncontrolling interest in an acquiree is/are correct? I. The value assigned to a noncontrolling interest in an acquiree should be based on the proportional share of that interest in the net assets of the acquiree. II. The fair value per share of the noncontrolling interest in an acquiree must be the same as the fair value per share of the controlling (acquirer) interest.

A

NEITHER.Neither Statement I nor Statement II is correct. The value assigned to a noncontrolling interest in an acquiree would not be based simply on the proportional share of that interest in the net assets of the acquiree (Statement I), but rather on the separately determined fair value of the noncontrolling interest. The fair value per share of the noncontrolling interest in an acquiree does not have to be the same as the fair value per share of the controlling interest (Statement II), because there is likely to be a premium in value associated with having control of an entity that the noncontrolling interest would not enjoy.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
33
Q

On May 1, 2008, Hico, Inc. acquired 20% of the voting securities of Lowco, Inc. for $400,000 cash. The investment did not give Hico significant influence over Lowco and was classified as an available-for-sale investment. On July 1, 2009, Hico acquired the remaining 80% of Lowco’s voting securities for $1,800,000 cash. At that time, Hico’s original 20% investment in Lowco had a carrying value and a fair value of $450,000. Which one of the following is the amount of gain that Hico should recognize in July, 2009 net income as a result of the effect of the business combination on Hico’s original investment in Lowco?

  • $- 0 - (no gain)
  • $40,000
  • $50,000
  • $400,000
A

$50,000Because the original investment was treated as available-for-sale, between May 1, 2008, and July 1, 2009, it would have been adjusted to fair value ($450,000) and the increase recognized in other comprehensive income (not in net income). The cumulative entries would have been DR: Investment $50,000 and CR: Unrecognized Gain/Other Comprehensive Income $50,000. In connection with the combination, the $50,000 unrecognized gain in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income would be reclassified and recognized as a gain in net income of the period. The $450,000 carrying amount/fair value of the original investment would be included as part of the total consideration used in acquiring Lowco.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
34
Q

Zooco, Inc. acquired 40% of the voting stock of Stubco, Inc. on September 1, 2008, and accounted for the investment using the equity method of accounting. On May 1, 2009, Zooco acquired an additional 20% of Stubco’s voting stock to achieve a business combination. Which one of the following is the value Zooco should use to measure its original 40% investment in Stubco when recording the combination?

  • Original cost, September 1, 2008.
  • Carrying value, May 1, 2009.
  • Fair value, May 1, 2009.
  • 40% of Stubco’s book value, May 1, 2009.
A

Fair value, May 1, 2009.When a business combination is accomplished in stages (or steps), the fair value of the investment on the date of the combination is used to value the business combination. In this case, that would be the fair value on May 1, 2009. Any difference between the carrying value and the fair value on the acquisition date would be recognized as a gain or loss for the period.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
35
Q

Which of the following contingencies that exist on the acquisition date should be recognized by the acquirer in a business combination? I. A contractual contingency to provide warranty services to prior customers of the acquiree. II. An outstanding lawsuit against the acquiree for which an expert legal authority believes there is a 20% probability that the suit will be successful.

A

1 ONLY.Item I would be recognized; Item II would not be recognized. Contractual contingencies (contingencies related to existing contracts) are recognized by the acquirer and measured at fair value. Noncontractual contingencies (contingencies that do not result from an existing contract), including lawsuits, are recognized only if it is more likely than not that the contingency will give rise to a liability (or an asset). A probability of 20% that the suit will be lost is not more likely than not, and the lawsuit would not be recognized.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
36
Q

Generally, which of the following items acquired in a business combination should be measured at fair value? Identifiable Assets Acquired Liabilities Assumed Noncontrolling Interest

A

Identifiable Assets Acquired - YES Liabilities Assumed - YES Noncontrolling Interest - YES
Generally, identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree are measured at fair value. A few exceptions exist for selected assets and liabilities.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
37
Q

Which one of the following items acquired in a business combination is least likely to require that the acquirer reconsider the acquiree’s classification?

  • An investment classified as held-to-maturity by the acquiree.
  • An investment classified as held-for-trading by the acquiree.
  • A lease classified as a sales-type capital lease by the acquiree.
  • A derivative instrument used for speculative purposes by the acquiree.
A

A lease classified as a sales-type capital lease by the acquiree.In a business combination, an acquirer that obtains a lease contract should continue to classify the contract as established at the inception of the contract. The classification of a lease contract is established at the inception of the lease and would not change as a result of a transfer of ownership in a business combination.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
38
Q

Damon Co. purchased 100% of the outstanding common stock of Smith Co. in an acquisition by issuing 20,000 shares of its $1 par common stock that had a fair value of $10 per share and providing contingent consideration that had a fair value of $10,000 on the acquisition date. Damon also incurred $15,000 in direct acquisition costs. On the acquisition date, Smith had assets with a book value of $200,000, a fair value of $350,000, and related liabilities with a book and fair value of $70,000. What amount of gain should Damon report related to this transaction?

  • $ 55,000
  • $ 70,000
  • $ 80,000
  • $250,000
A

$70,000Damon should report a $70,000 gain, calculated as:

  • Fair value of net assets acquired:
  • Assets ($350,000) - Liabilities ($70,000)= $280,000
  • Cost of Investment:
  • Stock (20,000 shares x $10/share)=$200,000
  • Contingent consideration @ fair value=10,000
  • Total cost of investment= 210,000
  • FV of net assets > Cost of investment = Gain= $70,000
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
39
Q

On July 1, Dill, Inc. exchanged 10,000 shares of its common stock for all 20,000 shares of Ledo, Inc.’s outstanding common stock. Dill’s stock is closely held and seldom traded; it has a par value of $10 per share and a book value of $12 per share. Ledo’s stock is traded in an active market and has a par value of $5 per share, a book value of $8 per share, and a market price of $11 per share. Which one of the following amounts is most likely the appropriate value of Dill’s investment in Ledo?

  • $100,000
  • $110,000
  • $120,000
  • $220,000
A

$220,000Stock issued in a business combination should be measured at fair value. In some cases in which equities are exchanged, the fair value of the acquiree’s stock may be a more reliable measure of the value of the transaction than can be determined for the acquirer’s stock. In this question, that is the case. Since Dill’s stock is closely held and seldom traded, it is less likely to be the basis for determining fair value than is Ledo’s stock, which is traded in an active market. Therefore, the most likely value for the transaction would be the 20,000 shares of Ledo’s stock that were obtained multiplied by the $11 market price of those shares, or 20,000 shares x $11 = $220,000.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
40
Q

f an acquiree elects to apply pushdown accounting, which of the following accounts of the acquiree cannot be recorded at acquisition date fair value?

  • Goodwill.
  • Property and Equipment.
  • Common Stock.
  • Bonds Payable.
A

Common Stock.The acquireecannotapply pushdown accounting to revalue its common stock to fair value as of the acquisition date.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
41
Q

In recording its acquisition of Lambda, Inc., Omega, Inc. properly recognized a contingent consideration liability of $28,000 associated with a possible payment based on a target amount of post-combination cash flow from operations. Shortly after the combination, but during the measurement period, the national economy experienced a significant downturn which made it unlikely that the target amount would be reached. As a consequence, at the end of Omega’s fiscal period, the liability was properly revalued to a fair value of $9,000. Which one of the following is the amount of increase or decrease, if any, in the consideration paid to acquire Lambda that results from the change in the fair value of the contingent liability?

  • $ - 0 - (no increase or decrease)
  • $19,000 increase.
  • $19,000 decrease.
  • $9,000 decrease.
A

$ - 0 - (no increase or decrease)A contingent consideration liability is the obligation of an acquirer to transfer additional consideration, if specific conditions are met. Contingent consideration liabilities are initially recognized at fair value and adjusted to fair value each period until the contingency is resolved or expires. A change in fair value resulting from occurrencesafterthe acquisition date would be recognized as a gain or loss in income in the period of the change, not as an adjustment to the consideration paid to acquire the acquiree. In this question, a $19,000 gain (reduction in liability) would be recognized ($28,000 - $9,000 = $19,000) and no change in the consideration paid will be recognized.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
42
Q

In recording its acquisition of Lambda, Inc., Omega, Inc. properly recognized a contingent consideration liability of $28,000 associated with a possible payment based on a target amount of post-combination cash flow from operations. Shortly after the combination, but during the measurement period, the national economy experienced a significant downturn which made it unlikely that the target amount would be reached. As a consequence, at the end of Omega’s fiscal period, the liability was properly revalued to a fair value of $9,000. Which one of the following is the amount of gain or loss that will be recognized in income as a result of the reevaluation of the contingent liability?

  • $ - 0 - (no gain or loss).
  • $19,000 gain.
  • $19,000 loss
  • $9,000 loss
A

$19,000 gain.A contingent consideration liability is the obligation of an acquirer to transfer additional consideration, if specific conditions are met. Contingent consideration liabilities are initially recognized at fair value and adjusted to fair value each period until the contingency is resolved or expires. A change in fair value resulting from occurrences after the acquisition date would be recognized as a gain or loss in income in the period of the change. In this question, a $19,000 gain (reduction in liability) would be recognized ($28,000 - $9,000 = $19,000).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
43
Q

Which one of the following items that was acquired in a business combination is most likely to be accounted for using post-combination accounting requirements specific for the item?

  • Plant and equipment.
  • Investments held-to-maturity.
  • Contingency-based assets.
  • Patents.
A

Contingency-based assets.Assets (and liabilities) arising from contingencies are likely to be accounted for using specific post-combination accounting requirements. Those requirements provide that when new information is obtained about a contingency-based asset, it will be measured at the lower of (1) its acquisition-date fair value or (2) the best estimate of its future settlement amount.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
44
Q

Which of the following statements, if any, concerning a contingency that arises in a business combination is/are correct? I. After an acquisition and until it is settled, a contingency that is a liability will be measured at no less than the fair value reported on the acquisition date. II. After an acquisition and until it is settled, a contingency that is an asset will be measured at no less than the fair value reported on the acquisition date.

A

I ONLY.Statement I is correct. After an acquisition, a contingency that is a liability will be measured and reported at the higher of the amount reported on the acquisition date or the amount that would be recognized if the requirements of FASB #5 were followed. Thus, such a liability would not be measured at less than the fair value on the acquisition date (Statement I). Statement II is not correct. After an acquisition, a contingency that is an asset will be measured at the lower of the amount reported on the acquisition date or the best estimate of its future settlement amount. Thus, such an asset would be measured at no more than, not at no less than, the fair value reported on the acquisition date.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
45
Q

When a bargain purchase occurs in a business combination, which of the following types of information must be disclosed in the period of the combination?

  • I. The amount of gain recognized.
  • II. The income statement line item that includes the gain.
  • III. A description of the basis for the bargain purchase amount.
A

ALL THREE.All three statements identify required disclosures. When a bargain purchase occurs in a business combination, the amount of the gain (Statement I), the income statement line item that includes the gain (Statement II), and a description of the basis for the bargain purchase amount (Statement III) must be disclosed.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
46
Q

Which of the following occurrences in a business combination, if any, identify circumstances that require extensive disclosures in the period of the combination? I. The existence of a noncontrolling interest. II. Achieving control in step acquisition.

A

I. The existence of a noncontrolling interest. - YES II. Achieving control in step acquisition. - YES
Both Statements I and II identify circumstances that require extensive disclosures in the period of a combination. When there is a noncontrolling interest in the acquiree, the fair value of the noncontrolling interest at the acquisition date, and the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure that fair value, must be disclosed. When control is achieved in steps (or stages), the fair value of the equity held by the acquirer immediately before the combination, the amount of any gain or loss resulting from adjusting the interest to fair value, and the line item in the income statement where the gain or loss is reported must be disclosed.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
47
Q

Plant Company acquired controlling interest in Seed Company in a legal acquisition. Which one of the following could not be part of the entry to record the acquisition?

  • Debit: Investment in Seed Company.
  • Debit: Goodwill.
  • Credit: Cash
  • Credit: Common stock
A

Debit: Goodwill.The entry that Plant will make to record its legal acquisition of Seed cannot include a debit to Goodwill. The entry Plant makes will debit (only) the Investment account and credit whatever form(s) of consideration is given (e.g., Cash, Bonds Payable, Common Stock, etc.). Goodwill cannot be debited at the time of the acquisition, though it may be recognized at the time of consolidation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
48
Q

Under which one of the following circumstances will goodwill be recognized in a business combination carried out as a legal merger?

  • Book value of net assets acquired > Cost of investment.
  • Fair value of net assets acquired > Book value of net assets acquired.
  • Fair value of net assets acquired > Cost of investment.
  • Fair value of net assets acquired < Cost of investment.
A

Fair value of net assets acquired < Cost of investment.Goodwill is recognized when the cost of the investment is greater than the fair value of net assets acquired (= the fair value of net assets acquired is less than the cost of the investment). In a legal merger, the goodwill would be recognized on the books of the surviving firm at the time of the business combination.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
49
Q

Pine Company acquired all of the assets and liabilities of Straw Company for cash in a legal merger. Which one of the following would not be recognized by Pine on its books in recording the business combination?

  • Accounts receivable.
  • Investment in Straw.
  • Intangible asset - Patent.
  • Accounts payable.
A

Investment in Straw.Pine will not recognize on its books an investment in Straw. Because the business combination is a legal merger, Pine recognizes on its books almost all of Straw’s assets and liabilities, not an investment in Straw. There can be no investment in Straw, because Straw will cease to exist.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
50
Q

Sayon Co. issues 200,000 shares of $5 par value common stock to acquire Trask Co. in an acquisition-business combination. The market value of Sayon’s common stock is $12 per share. Legal and consulting fees incurred in relation to the acquisition are $110,000. Registration and issuance costs for the common stock are $35,000. What should be recorded in Sayon’s additional paid-in capital account for this business combination?

  • $1,545,000
  • $1,400,000
  • $1,365,000
  • $1,255,000
A

$1,365,000The calculation is: Fair value (200,000 sh. x 12/sh.) $2,400,000 Par value (200,000 sh. x $5/sh) ($1,000,000) Gross additional paid-in capital $1,400,000 Less: Registration and issuance costs $35,000 Net additional paid-in capital $1,365,000
The legal and consulting fees ($110,000) were paid in cash and would be expensed in the period incurred. The registration and issuance costs of the common stock are properly deducted from the additional paid-in capital derived from the issuance of the stock.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
51
Q

Which of the following statements concerning the primary beneficiary of a variable-interest entity is/are correct? I. The primary beneficiary has the ability to direct the most significant economic activities of the variable-interest entity. II. Only one entity can be the primary beneficiary of a variable-interest entity. III. The investor that has the greatest equity ownership in a variable-interest entity will be the primary beneficiary of the entity.

A

1 and 2 ONLY.Both Statement I and Statement II are correct; Statement III is not correct. By definition, the primary beneficiary of a variable-interest entity is the entity that is able to direct the most significant economic activities of the variable-interest entity (Statement I). Only one entity can be the primary beneficiary of a variable-interest entity, because only one entity will have the ability to direct the activities of the variable-interest entity that most significantly impacts its economic performance (Statement II).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
52
Q

Which one of the following is not a characteristic of a variable-interest entity?

  • A variable-interest entity is thinly capitalized.
  • The equity holders in a variable-interest entity control the entity.
  • The risks and rewards associated with a variable-interest entity mostly accrue to the variable-interest holders.
  • The value of a variable-interest entity depends on the net asset value of the variable-interest entity.
A

The equity holders in a variable-interest entity control the entity.The equity holders in a variable-interest entity do not control the entity. Control of the activities and decision-making in a variable-interest entity generally resides with the variable-interest holders (not the equity holders) as established by agreement or other instrument.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
53
Q

In which one of the following cases is the subsidiary most likely to be reported as an unconsolidated subsidiary?

  • The subsidiary is in an industry unrelated to the parent.
  • The subsidiary has a fiscal year-end that is one month different from the parent’s year-end.
  • The subsidiary is in legal bankruptcy.
  • The subsidiary has a controlling interest in another entity.
A

The subsidiary is in legal bankruptcy.When a subsidiary is in bankruptcy, it is under the control of the bankruptcy court and, therefore, not under the control of the parent. When a parent cannot exercise financial and/or operating control of a subsidiary, the subsidiary would not be consolidated, but would be reported as an unconsolidated subsidiary by the parent.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
54
Q

Which of the following legal forms of business combination will result in the need to prepare consolidated financial statements? Merger Acquisition Consolidation

A

Merger - NO Acquisition - YES Consolidation - NO

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
55
Q

Penn, Inc., a manufacturing company, owns 75% of the common stock of Sell, Inc., an investment company. Sell owns 60% of the common stock of Vane, Inc., an insurance company.In Penn’s consolidated financial statements, should consolidation accounting or equity method accounting be used for Sell and Vane?

  • Consolidation used for Sell and equity method used for Vane.
  • Consolidation used for both Sell and Vane.
  • Equity method used for Sell and consolidation used for Vane.
  • Equity method used for both Sell and Vane.
A

Consolidation used for both Sell and Vane.If one looked just at Penn’s interest in Vane’s result of 45% (75% x 60%), one might say that the equity method would be appropriate.However, because Sell owns 60% of Vane, it controls Vane and would need to consolidate Vane. Because Penn owns 75% of Sell, it controls Vane and would need to consolidate Sell, which consolidated Vane. Thus, all three would be consolidated, making this response correct.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
56
Q

Which one of the following levels of voting ownership is normally assumed to convey significant influence over an investee?

  • 0% - 10%.
  • 20% - 50%.
  • 50% - 100%.
  • 100%.
A

20% - 50%.Between 20% and 50% voting ownership of an investee normally is assumed to give the investor significant influence over the investee. Ownership of 20% to 50% of the voting stock of an investee may not give the investor significant influence over the investee if additional special circumstances exist, but normally, it does.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
57
Q

The choice of methods that a parent uses on its books to account for its investment in a subsidiary will affect the: Consolidating Process Consolidated Financial Statements

A

Consolidating Process - YES Consolidated Financial Statements - NO
While the method a parent uses on its books to account for its investment in a subsidiary will affect the consolidating process, the choice of methods will not affect the final consolidated financial statements. The final consolidated financial statements will be the same regardless of the method used by the parent on its books; only the details of the process of developing those statements will be different. The primary difference will be in the nature of the investment eliminating entry on the worksheet.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
58
Q

Which one of the following methods, if any, may a parent use on its books to carry an investment in a subsidiary that it will consolidate? Cost Method Equity Method

A

Cost Method - YES Equity Method - YES
A parent may use the cost method, the equity method, or any other method on its books to carry an investment in a subsidiary that it will consolidate. The method that is used on its books will affect the consolidating process, but the final consolidated financial statements will be the same regardless of the method the parent uses on its books.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
59
Q

Which of the following statements, if any, concerning the preparation of consolidated financial statements is/are correct? I. The consolidating process is carried out on the books of the parent entity. II. The consolidated financial statements report two or more legal entities as though they are a single economic entity.

A

I. The consolidating process is carried out on the books of the parent entity. - NO
II. The consolidated financial statements report two or more legal entities as though they are a single economic entity. - YES

Statement I is incorrect. The consolidating process is not carried out on the books of the parent entity (or any other entity). The consolidating process takes place on worksheets and schedules that are separate from any set of books. Statement II is correct. The consolidated financial statements report two or more legal entities (a parent and its subsidiary/ies) as though they are a single economic entity. Because the entities are under the common economic control of the parent’s shareholders, GAAP requires that consolidated statements be the primary form of financial statement disclosure.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
60
Q

Which one of the following kinds of accounts is least likely to be eliminated through an eliminating entry on the consolidating worksheet?

  • Receivables.
  • Investment.
  • Goodwill.
  • Payables.
A

Goodwill.Goodwill may be recognized by the entry that eliminates the parent’s investment in the subsidiary against the parent’s share of the subsidiary’s shareholders’ equity, but goodwill will not be eliminated through an eliminating entry.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
61
Q

Which one of the following kinds of eliminations, if any, will be required in every consolidating process? Intercompany Receivables/Payables Intercompany Investment Intercompany Revenues/Expenses

A

Intercompany Receivables/Payables - NO Intercompany Investment - YES Intercompany Revenues/Expenses - NO
​An intercompany investment elimination will be required in every consolidating process (to eliminate the parent’s investment against the subsidiary’s shareholders’ equity). Intercompany receivables/payables and intercompany revenues/expenses eliminations will not be required in every consolidating process. Those kinds of eliminations will be required only if the affiliated companies have engaged in intercompany transactions that resulted in such balances.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
62
Q

The results of the consolidating process are recorded in the books of the: Parent Subsidiary

A

Parent - NO Subsidiary - NO
The results of the consolidating process (adjustments, eliminations, etc.) are not recorded on either the books of the parent or of any subsidiary. The consolidating process takes place on worksheets and schedules, and the results are presented in the form of consolidated financial statements. Some of the worksheet and schedule data is carried forward from period end to period end to facilitate the recurring consolidating process.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
63
Q

Under GAAP, which of the following can be issued as the primary form of public financial statement disclosure for a parent and its subsidiaries? Parent only Statement Separate Parent and Subsidiary Statements Consolidated Statements

A

Parent only Statement - NO Separate Parent and Subsidiary Statements - NO Consolidated Statements - YES
Under GAAP, only consolidated financial statements may be issued as the primary form of public disclosure for a parent and its subsidiaries. Parent only statements and separate parent and subsidiary statements may not be issued in lieu of consolidated financial statements.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
64
Q

Ownership of 51% of the outstanding voting stock of a company would usually result in

  • The use of the cost method.
  • The use of the lower of cost or market method.
  • The use of the equity method.
  • A consolidation.
A

A consolidation.This answer is correct. ASC Topic 810 states that consolidated financial statements should generally be prepared when there is greater than 50% ownership of the outstanding voting stock of the company, although unusual circumstances may arise in which reporting under the equity method or even the cost method is more appropriate. (Note that consolidation may also refer to a form of business combination where two or more entities form a new entity.) The exhibit below illustrates the accounting treatment for equity investments.Financial reporting% owned FV or amortized cost 20% Equity or fair value method 20-50% Consolidated or equity 51-100%

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
65
Q

On April 1, year 2, Union Company paid $1,600,000 for all the issued and outstanding common stock of Cable Corporation in a transaction properly accounted for as an acquisition. The recorded assets and liabilities of Cable Corporation on April 1, year 2, were as follows: Cash $160,000 Inventory $480,000 Property, plant and equipment (net) $960,000 Liabilities ($360,000)
On April 1, year 2, it was determined that Cable’s inventory had a fair value of $460,000, and the property, plant and equipment (net) had a fair value of $1,040,000. What is the amount of goodwill resulting from the business combination?
* $0
* $ 20,000
* $300,000
* $360,000

A

$300,000In an acquisition, the difference between the cost of an acquired company and the fair value of its net identifiable assets (fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible assets less liabilities) is recorded as goodwill.The cost of the Cable Corp. is $1,600,000, and the fair value of its net assets is $1,300,000 ($160,000 + $460,000 + $1,040,000 − $360,000). Therefore, goodwill to be recorded is $300,000 ($1,600,000 − $1,300,000).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
66
Q

Nolan owns 100% of the capital stock of both Twill Corp. and Webb Corp. Twill purchases merchandise inventory from Webb at 140% of Webb’s cost. During year 2, merchandise that cost Webb $40,000 was sold to Twill. Twill sold all of this merchandise to unrelated customers for $81,200 during year 2. In preparing combined financial statements for year 2, Nolan’s bookkeeper disregarded the common ownership of Twill and Webb. By what amount was unadjusted revenue overstated in the combined income statement for year 2?

  • $16,000
  • $40,000
  • $56,000
  • $81,200
A

$56,000When computing combined revenue, the objective is to restate the accounts as if the intercompany transaction had not occurred. Assuming that there was no sale between Twill and Webb, the correct amount of consolidated revenue would be the $81,200 sold to unrelated customers. Thus, unadjusted revenue is overstated by the $56,000 ($40,000 × 140%) intercompany revenue recognized by Webb.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
67
Q

If the parent uses the cost method to account for its investment in a subsidiary, the parent will recognize:

  • the parent’s share of the subsidiary’s net income.
  • the parent’s share of the subsidiary’s dividends.
  • amortization of parent’s excess cost of investment over the book value of the subsidiary.
  • the parent’s share of the subsidiary’s net loss.
A

The parent’s share of the subsidiary’s dividends.When a parent company uses the cost method to account for its investment in a subsidiary, the parent will recognize its share of the subsidiary’s dividends declared as income to the parent.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
68
Q

On January 1, 20X1, Prim, Inc. acquired all the outstanding common shares of Scarp, Inc. for cash equal to the book value of the stock. The carrying amount of Scarp’s assets and liabilities approximated their fair values, except that the carrying amount of its building was more than fair value. In preparing Prim’s 20X1 consolidated income statement, which of the following adjustments would be made?

  • Depreciation expense would be decreased, and goodwill would be recognized.
  • Depreciation expense would be increased, and goodwill would be recognized.
  • Depreciation expense would be decreased, and no goodwill would be recognized.
  • Depreciation expense would be increased, and no goodwill would be recognized.
A

Depreciation expense would be decreased, and goodwill would be recognized.Although the cost of the investment was equal to book values, the cost of the investment was greater than the fair values, because the carrying amount of Scarp’s building was more than its fair value. For consolidated statement purposes, the building would be written down to its lower fair value, and the excess of cost over fair values would be assigned to recognize goodwill. Since for consolidated purposes the building has a lower fair value than its carrying value, the depreciation expense taken on the carrying value would be greater than the depreciation expense for consolidated purposes. Thus, depreciation expense would be decreased in the consolidating process, and goodwill would be recognized.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
69
Q

Assume that in acquiring a subsidiary, the parent determined there were several depreciable assets of the subsidiary that had a fair value less than book value. What effect will this fair value less than book value of the subsidiary’s assets have on the following accounts in the preparation of consolidated statements? Depreciable Assets Depreciation Expense

A

Depreciable Assets - Decrease Depreciation Expense - Decrease
Both accounts will be decreased. The investment eliminating entry on the consolidating worksheet will write down (decreasing on the worksheet) the value of depreciable asset, from book value to the lower fair value on the date of the combination. The decrease in depreciable asset value recognized on the worksheet will mean that the depreciation expense on the worksheet, brought on by the subsidiary, will overstate depreciation expense to the parent, resulting in a reduction (decreasing) depreciation expense for consolidated statement purposes.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
70
Q

Assume that in acquiring a subsidiary, the parent determined there were several depreciable assets of the subsidiary that had a fair value greater than book value. What effect will the excess fair value over book value of the subsidiary’s assets have on the following accounts in the preparation of consolidated statements? Depreciable Assets Depreciation Expense

A

Depreciable Assets - Increase Depreciation Expense - Increase
The investment eliminating entry on the consolidating worksheet will write up (increasing on the worksheet) the value of depreciable asset, from book value to fair value on the date of the combination. The additional depreciable asset value recognized on the worksheet will then be depreciated on the worksheet, resulting in additional (increasing) depreciation expense.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
71
Q

Parco owns 100% of its subsidiary, Subco, which it acquired at book value. It carries its investment in Subco on its books using the equity method of accounting. At the beginning of its 2009 fiscal year, the investment in Subco account was $552,000. During 2009, Subco reported the following: Net Income $42,000 Dividends Declared/Paid $12,000
There were no other transactions between the firms in 2009.In preparing its 2009 fiscal year consolidated statements, which one of the following is the amount of the investment eliminating entry that Parco will make as a result of its ownership of Subco?
* $552,000
* $582,000
* $594,000
* $606,000

A

$552,000The amount of an investment eliminating entry is the balance in the investment accountas of the beginning of the period being consolidated. In this case, that was $552,000. If the parent uses the equity method to account for its investment in the subsidiary, the entries it makes during the year are reversed so that the investment account has its beginning of the year balance.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
72
Q

Parco owns 100% of its subsidiary, Subco, which it acquired at book value. It carries its investment in Subco on its books using the equity method of accounting. At the beginning of its 2009 fiscal year, the investment in Subco account was $552,000. During 2009, Subco reported the following: Net Income $42,000 Dividends Declared/Paid $12,000
There were no other transactions between the firms in 2009.In preparing its 2009 fiscal year consolidated statements, which one of the following is the amount of investment that Parco will have to reverse for 2009 as a result of its ownership of Subco?
* $12,000
* $30,000
* $42,000
* $54,000

A

$30,000During 2009 Parco would recognize Subco’s reported net income of $42,000 as equity revenue; the entry would be: DR: Investment in Subco and CR: Equity Revenue. The $12,000 dividends would not be recognized as equity revenue but rather as a liquidation of part of Parco’s investment in Subco; the entry would be: DR: Dividends Receivable/Cash and CR: Investment in Subco. Therefore, the net amount of investment to be reversed would be $30,000, computed as +$42,000 - $12,000 = $30,000.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
73
Q

If a parent uses the equity method on its books to account for its investment in a subsidiary, which one of the following will result in an increase in the investment account on the parent’s books? Subsidiary Reports Income Subsidiary Declares Dividend

A

Subsidiary Reports Income - YES Subsidiary Declares Dividend - YES
Under the equity method, when a subsidiary reports income, the parent recognizes its share as:
DR: Investment CR: Equity Income.
Therefore, the subsidiary’s reported income increases the investment account. In addition, when a subsidiary declares a dividend, the parent recognizes its share as:
DR: Dividends Receivable/Cash CR: Investment.
Therefore, the subsidiary’s dividends do not increase the investment account but rather decrease the investment account.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
74
Q

An example of a protective right is:

  • Establishing operating procedures.
  • Controlling the management overseeing the investee policies.
  • Veto rights.
  • The ability to purchase an additional interest in the entity in question.
A

Veto rights.Protective rights protect the party holding the rights without given that party a controlling financial interest and include rights such as veto rights and the ability to remove the entity with the power to direct the activities of the VIE. Participating rights include the ability to block or participate in the actions of the reporting entity with the power to direct the VIE activities and include examples such as establishing operating procedures and controlling the management overseeing the investee policies.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
75
Q

During 2008, Popco acquired 80% of the voting stock of Sonco in a legal acquisition. Which one of the following is least likely to be a type of intercompany balance that results from transactions between Popco and Sonco during 2009?

  • Receivable.
  • Inventory.
  • Goodwill.
  • Revenue
A

Goodwill.Goodwill will occur on the date of a business combination as a result of the parent paying more for its investment in a subsidiary than the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill does not occur as a result of operating period transactions between a parent and its subsidiaries.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
76
Q

Bell, Inc. owns 60% of Dart Corporation’s common stock. On December 31, 20X6, Dart is indebted to Bell for a $200,000 cash advance. In preparing the consolidated balance sheet on that date, what amount of the advance should be eliminated?

  • $-0-
  • $80,000
  • $120,000
  • $200,000
A

$200,000The amount to be eliminated is $200,000, which is the full amount of the intercompany receivable-payable resulting from the cash advance.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
77
Q

Cobb, Inc., has current receivables from affiliated companies on December 31, 20x5, as follows:
* A $75,000 cash advance to Hill Corporation. Cobb owned 30% of the voting stock of Hill and accounts for the investment by the equity method.
* A receivable of $260,000 from Vick Corporation for administrative and selling services. Vick is 100% owned by Cobb and is included in Cobb’s consolidated financial statements.
* A receivable of $200,000 from Ward Corporation for merchandise sales on credit. Ward is 40% owned by Cobb, which can exercise significant influence over Ward.
In the current assets section of its December 31, 20x5, consolidated balance sheet, Cobb should report accounts receivable from investees in the total amount of:
* $180,000
* $255,000
* $275,000
* $535,000

A

$275,000The amount of accounts receivable reported by Cobb from investees is $275,000. The amount of receivable from Vick ($260,000) would be eliminated against the payable to Cobb as brought onto the consolidating worksheet from Vick’s balance sheet. The amounts receivable from Hill ($75,000) and Ward ($200,000) would not be eliminated, because since Cobb does not have controlling interest in either firm, they would not be consolidated with Cobb. Both would be accounted for using the equity method of accounting, which does not eliminate intercompany receivables/payables. Since the amounts due from Hill ($75,000) and Ward ($200,000) would not be eliminated, they would show as accounts receivable in the consolidated balance sheet (total = $275,000).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
78
Q

Lion, Inc. owns 60% of Gray Corp.’s common stock. On December 31, 2005, Gray owes Lion $400,000 for a cash advance.In preparing the consolidated balance sheet on that date, what amount of the advance should be eliminated?

  • $400,000
  • $240,000
  • $160,000
  • $0
A

$400,000When consolidated statements are prepared, 100% of all reciprocal accounts are eliminated regardless of the ownership fraction. Thus, the whole $400,000 must be eliminated.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
79
Q

King, Inc. owns 70% of Simmon Co.’s outstanding common stock. King’s liabilities total $450,000, and Simmon’s liabilities total $200,000. Included in Simmon’s financial statements is a $100,000 note payable to King. What amount of total liabilities should be reported in the consolidated financial statements?

  • $520,000
  • $550,000
  • $590,000
  • $650,000
A

$550,000The consolidated financial statements should reflect 100% of the assets and liabilities of the subsidiary less any intercompany balances. Therefore the balance on the consolidated balance sheet should be: $450,000 + 200,000 - 100,000 = $550,000.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
80
Q

Pine Company acquired goods for resale from its manufacturing subsidiary, Strawco, at Strawco’s cost to manufacture of $12,000. Pine subsequently resold the goods to a nonaffiliate for $18,000. Which one of the following is the amount of the elimination that will be needed as a result of the intercompany inventory transaction?

  • $-0-
  • $6,000
  • $12,000
  • $18,000
A

$12,000Even though the intercompany inventory sale from Strawco to Pine was at no profit or loss (at Strawco’s cost to manufacture), the intercompany sale and purchase, nevertheless, must be eliminated. Otherwise, consolidated sales and purchases (cost of goods sold) will be overstated. Therefore, the elimination related to the intercompany inventory transaction will be for $12,000, the cost of the sale from Strawco to Pine.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
81
Q

Which one of the following will occur on consolidated financial statements if an intercompany inventory transaction is not eliminated?

  • An understatement of sales.
  • An overstatement of sales.
  • An understatement of purchases.
  • An overstatement of accounts receivable.
A

An overstatement of sales.If an intercompany inventory transaction is not eliminated in the consolidating process, consolidated financial statements would show an overstatement of sales. Sales would be overstated by the amount of the intercompany sales reported by the selling affiliate. All intercompany sales and related purchases must be eliminated, even if they do not result in a profit or loss.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
82
Q

The following are models to evaluate consolidation: Voting Interest Entity Model Variable Interest Model

A

Voting Interest Entity Model - YES Variable Interest Model - YES
There are two models to evaluate if one entity should consolidate another entity: the voting interest entity model and the variable interest model. The voting interest entity model relies on one entity owning more than 50% of the voting interest in the other entity. The variable interest model relies on determination if one entity has the power to direct the activities of the other entity.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
83
Q

Assume that on January 2, Company P recognized a $3,000 gain on the sale of a depreciable fixed asset to its subsidiary, Company S. Company S will depreciate the asset using straight-line depreciation over the remaining three-year life of the asset. What amount of intercompany gain will be eliminated from P’s retained earnings at the end of the year following the year of the intercompany fixed asset transactions?

  • $- 0 -
  • $1,000
  • $2,000
  • $3,000
A

$2,000The amount of intercompany gain to be eliminated at the end of the year following the year of the intercompany fixed asset sale is $2,000. At the end of the year of the intercompany sale, depreciation taken by the buying affiliate on the $3,000 inter-company gain will be $1,000 ($3,000/3 years). As a consequence, $1,000 of the $3,000 intercompany gain will have been properly recognized, leaving only $2,000 to eliminate at the end of the second year. Depreciation expense taken on the intercompany gain for the second year will confirm another $1,000 of the intercompany gain, and depreciation expense taken on the intercompany gain for the third year will confirm the last $1,000 of the intercompany gain.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
84
Q

Water Co. owns 80% of the outstanding common stock of Fire Co. On December 31, 2005, Fire sold equipment to Water at a price in excess of Fire’s carrying amount but less than its original cost. On a consolidated balance sheet on December 31, 2005, the carrying amount of the equipment should be reported at:

  • Water’s original cost.
  • Fire’s original cost.
  • Water’s original cost less Fire’s recorded gain.
  • Water’s original cost less 80% of Fire’s recorded gain.
A

Water’s original cost less Fire’s recorded gain.The individual books of Water and Fire would record this transaction as if they were independent companies. Fire would remove the asset and record a gain. Water would put the asset on its books at cost.The problem is that they are not independent companies, and therefore, no real sale took place. The gain that was recorded must therefore be eliminated on the consolidated books. The net result is that the asset will be on the books at Water’s original cost less Fire’s recorded gain.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
85
Q

For consolidated purposes, what effect will the intercompany sale of a fixed asset at a profit or at a loss have on depreciation expense recognized by the buying affiliate? At a Profit At a Loss

A

At a Profit - Overstate At a Loss - Understate
An intercompany sale of a fixed asset at a profit will result in the buying affiliate overstating depreciation expense by the amount of depreciation taken on the intercompany profit, and an intercompany sale at a loss will result in an understatement of depreciation expense taken by the buying affiliate. When an intercompany sale of a fixed asset results in a loss, the carrying value of the asset will be understated by the amount of the loss. As a result, depreciation expense taken by the buying affiliate will be understated by the amount of depreciation that would have been taken on the intercompany loss.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
86
Q

An intercompany depreciable fixed asset transaction resulted in an intercompany gain. Which one of the following is least likely to be reflected in the consolidated financial statements prepared at the end of the period in which the intercompany transaction occurred?

  • Consolidated income will be less than the sum of the incomes of the separate companies being combined.
  • Consolidated assets will be less than the sum of the assets of the separate companies being combined.
  • Consolidated depreciation expense will be more than the sum depreciation expense of the separate companies being combined.
  • Consolidated accumulated depreciation will be more than the sum of accumulated depreciation of the separate companies being combined.
A

Consolidated depreciation expense will be more than the sum depreciation expense of the separate companies being combined.Consolidated depreciation expense will be less, not more, than the sum of depreciation expense of the separate companies being combined. Because the intercompany transaction resulted in a gain, the buying affiliate will have the asset on its books with the intercompany gain included in its carrying value and will depreciate that value on its books. For consolidated purposes, that depreciation on the intercompany gain will be eliminated, resulting in less depreciation expense than the sum of the depreciation expense of the separate companies.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
87
Q

Zest Co. owns 100% of Cinn, Inc. On January 2, 1999, Zest sold equipment with an original cost of $80,000 and a carrying amount of $48,000 to Cinn for $72,000. Zest had been depreciating the equipment over a five-year period using straight-line depreciation with no residual value. Cinn is using straight-line depreciation over three years with no residual value. In Zest’s December 31, 1999, consolidating worksheet, by what amount should depreciation expense be decreased?

  • $0
  • $8,000
  • $16,000
  • $24,000
A

$8,000There are two ways to approach this solution. First, take the difference in carrying values 72,000-48,000 = 24,000. The 24,000 is the incremental amount Cinn carries the equipment over the carrying amount of Zest. The 24,000/3 = 8,000OR, compute the depreciation for each company:Cinn is 72,000/3 = 24,000Zest is 80,000/5 = 16,000Since Cinn is 100% owned by Zest, the equipment cannot be depreciated by a greater amount through an intracompany sale. The difference is 24,000 - 16,000 = 8,000.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
88
Q

On December 31, 2008, Pico acquired $250,000 par value of the outstanding $1,000,000 bonds of its subsidiary, Sico, in the market for $200,000. On that date, Sico had a $100,000 premium on its total bond liability.Which one of the following is the net carrying value of Sico’s total bond liability?

  • $900,000
  • $1,000,000
  • $1,050,000
  • $1,100,000
A

$1,100,000A premium on a bond liability results from the sale of the bonds at a price in excess of par (face) value. Therefore, a premium would be added to par value to get net carrying value. Sico’s premium on its bond liability ($100,000) should be added to the par (or face) value of its bond liability ($1,000,000) to determine the net carrying value of the liability. Thus, the answer should be $1,000,000 par value + $100,000 premium = $1,100,000 net carrying value.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
89
Q

On December 31, 2008, Pico acquired $250,000 par value of the outstanding $1,000,000 bonds of its subsidiary, Sico, in the market for $200,000. On that date, Sico had a $100,000 premium on its total bond liability.Which one of the following is the amount of premium or discount on Pico’s investment in Sico’s bonds?

  • $250,000 premium
  • $100,000 premium
  • $50,000 premium
  • $50,000 discount
A

$50,000 discountThe premium or discount on a bond investment is the difference between the par value of the bonds and the price paid for the bonds in the market. If the price paid is more than par value, there is a premium on the bond investment. If the price paid is less than par value, there is a discount on the bond investment. In this case, the price paid for the investment ($200,000) is less than the par value of the bonds ($250,000) by $50,000. Therefore, there is a $50,000 discount on Pico’s investment.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
90
Q

The following information pertains to shipments of merchandise from Home Office to Branch during 2007: Home Office’s cost of merchandise $160,000 Intracompany billing $200,000 Sales by Branch $250,000 Unsold merchandise at Branch on December 31, 2007 $20,000
In the combined income statement of Home Office and Branch for the year ended December 31, 2007, what amount of the above transactions should be included in sales?
* $250,000
* $230,000
* $200,000
* $180,000

A

$250,000The amount that should be included in sales is the amount of sales with unrelated parties. In this case, that is the $250,000 sales by Branch to unaffiliated entities.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
91
Q

Nolan owns 100% of the capital stock of both Twill Corp. and Webb Corp.Twill purchases merchandise inventory from Webb at 140% of Webb’s cost. During 2004, merchandise that cost Webb $40,000 was sold to Twill. Twill sold all of this merchandise to unrelated customers for $81,200 during 2004. In preparing combined financial statements for 2004, Nolan’s bookkeeper disregarded the common ownership of Twill and Webb. By what amount was unadjusted revenue overstated in the combined income statement for 2004? What amount should be eliminated from cost of goods sold in the combined income statement for 2004?

A

$56,000 Since all the goods have been sold outside the combined entity, income recognition is correct. However, sales and cost of goods sold have been recorded at two different points (i.e., the sale from Webb to Twill and the sale from Twill to outsiders). To the combined entity, Webb’s cost of merchandise (the original cost to the combined entity) is what is needed for cost of goods sold, and Twill’s sales (the amount the merchandise was sold for outside the combined entity) is needed for sales. This means that the sale from Webb to Twill and the cost of goods recorded by Twill need to be eliminated. That amount is $56,000 (computed as $40,000 cost to Webb x transfer price to Twill of 140% of cost = $56,000). The amount at which Webb sold the inventory to Twill ($40,000 x 1.40 = $56,000) will be the amount of cost of goods sold to Twill and should be eliminated in combining the financial statements of Webb and Twill. The cost of goods to Webb ($40,000) is the cost from an unrelated entity and should be the cost of goods sold for the combined entity. Since both the $40,000 cost of goods to Webb and the $56,000 cost of goods to Twill will be on the combining worksheet, the cost of goods to Twill (from Webb) must be eliminated, leaving only the $40,000 cost from a nonaffiliate.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
92
Q

Grant, Inc. has current receivables from affiliated companies at December 31, year 2, as follows: A $50,000 cash advance to Adams Corporation. Grant owns 30% of the voting stock of Adams and accounts for the investment by the equity method. A receivable of $160,000 from Bullard Corporation for administrative and selling services. Bullard is 100% owned by Grant and is included in Grant’s consolidated statements.
A receivable of $100,000 from Carpenter Corporation for merchandise sales on open account. Carpenter is a 90% owned, unconsolidated subsidiary of Grant.

In the current assets section of its December 31, year 2 consolidated balance sheet, Grant should report accounts receivable from investees in the total amount of

  • $90,000
  • $140,000
  • $150,000
  • $310,000
A

$150,000The accounts receivable from investees to be reported on the balance sheet should only include the receivables from investees considered unconsolidated subsidiaries. The receivables from the unconsolidated subsidiaries ($50,000 + $100,000) would not be eliminated and, therefore, would be reported as receivables in the consolidated balance sheet. However, the $160,000 receivable from the consolidated subsidiary would be eliminated on the consolidated worksheet and thus not reported on the consolidated balance sheet.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
93
Q

On October 1, Company X acquired for cash all of the outstanding common stock of Company Y. Both companies have a December 31 year-end and have been in business for many years. Consolidated net income for the year ended December 31 should include net income of

  • Company X for 3 months and Company Y for 3 months.
  • Company X for 12 months and Company Y for 3 months.
  • Company X for 12 months and Company Y for 12 months.
  • Company X for 12 months; but no income from Company Y until Company Y distributes a dividend.
A

Company X for 12 months and Company Y for 3 months.In an acquisition,the acquirer includes net income for the acquiree only from the date ofacquisition (see ASC Topic 810).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
94
Q

Wagner, a holder of a $1,000,000 Palmer, Inc. bond, collected the interest due on March 31, year 2, and then sold the bond to Seal, Inc. for $975,000. On that date, Palmer, a 100% owner of Seal, had a $1,075,000 carrying amount for this bond. What was the effect of Seal’s purchase of Palmer’s bond on the retained earnings and noncontrolling interest amounts reported in the March 31, year 3 consolidated balance sheet? Retained earnings Noncontrolling interest

A

Retained earnings - $100,000 Increase Noncontrolling interest - no effect
When Seal purchased the bonds from Wagner, the bonds were viewed as retired from a consolidated viewpoint since there is no longer any obligation to an outside party. Therefore, the consolidated entity would recognize a $100,000 gain ($1,075,000 carrying amount − $975,000 cash paid), which would increase net income, thus increasing consolidated retained earnings. This transaction has no effect on the noncontrolling interest, since the acquiree (Seal) has merely exchanged one asset for another (cash for investment in bonds).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
95
Q

On March 1, year 1, Agront Corporation issued 10,000 shares of its $1 par value common stock for all of the outstanding stock of Barcelo Corporation, when the fair market value of Agront’s stock was $50 per share. In addition, Agront made the following payments in connection with this business combination: Finder’s and consultant’s fees $20,000 SEC registration costs $7,000
Agront’s acquisition cost would be capitalized at
* $0
* $500,000
* $520,000
* $527,000

A

$500,000Per ASC Topic 805 the finder’s and consultant’s fees should be expensed. The SEC registration costs should be netted against the additional paid-in capital account.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
96
Q

On January 2 of the current year, Peace Co. paid $310,000 to purchase 75% of the voting shares of Surge Co. Peace reported retained earnings of $80,000, and Surge reported contributed capital of $300,000 and retained earnings of $100,000. The purchase differential was attributed to depreciable assets with a remaining useful life of 10 years. Peace used the equity method in accounting for its investment in Surge. Surge reported net income of $20,000 and paid dividends of $8,000 during the current year. Peace reported income, exclusive of its income from Surge, of $30,000 and paid dividends of $15,000 during the current year. What amount will Peace report as dividends declared and paid in its current year’s consolidated statement of retained earnings?

  • $8,000
  • $15,000
  • $21,000
  • $23,000
A

$15,000Peace will report only the dividend of the parent company in the consolidated financial statements. The dividends declared and paid by Surge will be eliminated in the consolidated worksheet entries. Therefore, this answer is correct because the dividends reported in the consolidated statement of retained earnings would be $15,000.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
97
Q

On September 29, year 2, Wall Co. paid $860,000 for all the issued and outstanding common stock of Hart Corp. On that date, the carrying amounts of Hart’s recorded assets and liabilities were $800,000 and $180,000, respectively. Hart’s recorded assets and liabilities had fair values of $840,000 and $140,000, respectively. In Wall’s September 30, year 2 balance sheet, what amount should be reported as goodwill?

  • $20,000
  • $160,000
  • $180,000
  • $240,000
A

$160,000Wall Co. purchased 100% of the stock of Hart Corp. for $860,000. The amount of goodwill that should be reported on the September 30, year 2 balance sheet would be the amount paid in excess of the FV of the net identifiable assets. The FV of the net assets would be calculated by taking the FV of the assets and subtracting the FV of the liabilities. The FV of the net assets would be $840,000 – 140,000 = 700,000. Goodwill will equal$860,000 Consideration transferred–700,000Less: Fair value of net identifiable assets$160,000

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
98
Q

Company X acquired for cash all of the outstanding common stock of Company Y. How should Company X determine in general the amounts to be reported for the inventories and long-term debt acquired from Company Y? Inventories Long-term debt

A

Inventories - Fair Value Long-term debt - Fair Value
Under the acquisition method, the acquired assets and liabilities are reported at their fair values. Therefore, Company X should report Company Y’s inventories and long-term debt at their fair values.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
99
Q

Sayon Co. issues 200,000 shares of $5 par value common stock to acquire Trask Co. in a purchase-business combination. The market value of Sayon’s common stock is $12. Legal and consulting fees incurred in relationship to the purchase are $110,000. Registration and issuance costs for the common stock are $35,000. What should be recorded in Sayon’s additional paid-in capital account for this business combination?

  • $1,545,000
  • $1,400,000
  • $1,365,000
  • $1,255,000
A

$1,365,000In a business combination accounted for as an acquisition, costs of registering securities and issuing common stock are netted against the proceeds and recorded in the additional paid-in capital account. Acquisition costs are expensed in the year the costs are incurred or the services are received, and the acquisition is recorded at the fair value of consideration given. Therefore, this answer is correct because the amount recorded in the additional paid-in capital account is equal to $1,365,000 [(200,000 shares × $7 per share) – $35,000 registration and issue costs].

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
100
Q

On June 30, year 2, Needle Corporation purchased for cash at $10 per share all 100,000 shares of the outstanding common stock of Thread Company. The total appraised value of identifiable assets less liabilities of Thread was $1,400,000 at June 30, year 2, including the appraised value of Thread’s property, plant, and equipment (its only noncurrent asset) of $250,000. The consolidated income statement of Needle Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiary for the year ended June 30, year 2, should reflect

  • A gain from bargain purchase of $400,000.
  • Goodwill of $150,000.
  • A deferred credit (negative goodwill) of $400,000.
  • Goodwill of $400,000.
A

A gain from bargain purchase of $400,000.Per ASC Topic 810, the excess of FV over acquisition cost is recognized as a gain from a bargain purchase in the period of acquisition.

  • Cost $1,000,000
  • FMV of identifiable assets and liabilities ($1,400,000)
  • Bargain purchase ($400,000)
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
101
Q

Par Corp. owns 60% of Sub Corp.’s outstanding capital stock. On May 1, year 2, Par advanced Sub $70,000 in cash, which was still outstanding at December 31, year 2. What portion of this advance should be eliminated in the preparation of the December 31, year 2, consolidated balance sheet?

  • $70,000
  • $42,000
  • $28,000
  • $0
A

$70,000Consolidated statements are prepared as if the acquirer and acquiree were one economic entity. From the point of view of the consolidated entity, the $70,000 is not payable to or receivable from any outside company. In other words, the consolidated entity does not have a receivable or payable. Therefore, the entire $70,000 payable on Sub’s books and the entire $70,000 receivable on Par’s books must be eliminated against each other. The level of ownership (60%) does not affect this elimination.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
102
Q

On November 30, year 2, Eagle, Incorporated purchased for cash at $25 per share all 300,000 shares of the outstanding common stock of Perch Company. Perch’s balance sheet at November 30, year 2, showed a book value of $6,000,000. Additionally, the fair value of Perch’s property, plant, and equipment on November 30, year 2, was $800,000 in excess of its book value. What amount, if any, will be shown in the balance sheet as “Goodwill” in the November 30, year 2 consolidated balance sheet of Eagle, Incorporated, and its wholly owned subsidiary, Perch Company?

  • $0
  • $700,000
  • $800,000
  • $1,500,000
A

$700,000Per ASC Topic 810, in an acquisition of another company, goodwill is recorded as the difference between the cost of the acquired company plus the fair value of noncontrolling interests plus the acquisition date fair value of previously held interests in the acquiree less the fair value of its net identifiable assets. The cost of Perch Company is $7,500,000 (300,000 shares × $25), and the fair value of its net assets is $6,800,000 ($6,000,000 + $800,000). Thus, the resulting goodwill from this transaction will be $700,000 ($7,500,000 − $6,800,000).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
103
Q

During year 2 the Henderson Company purchased the net assets of John Corporation for $800,000. On the date of the transaction, John had no long-term investments in marketable securities, deferred assets, or prepaid assets and had $100,000 of liabilities. The fair value of John’s assets when acquired were as follows: Current assets$ 400,000 Noncurrent assets600,000
How should the $100,000 difference between the fair value of the net assets acquired ($900,000) and the cost ($800,000) be accounted for by Henderson?
* The $100,000 difference should be recorded as a gain in the period of acquisition.
* The noncurrent assets should be recorded at $500,000.
* The current assets should be recorded at $360,000, and the noncurrent assets should be recorded at $540,000.
* A deferred credit of $100,000 should be set up and then amortized to income over a period not to exceed 40 years.

A

The $100,000 difference should be recorded as a gain in the period of acquisition.Per ASC Topic 810, a bargain purchase occurs when the fair value of net identifiable assets exceeds the acquisition cost. The bargain purchase is recorded as a gain on the date of acquisition.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
104
Q

Birk Co. purchased 30% of Sled Co.’s outstanding common stock on December 31, year 1, for $200,000. On that date, Sled’s stockholders’ equity was $500,000, and the fair value of its identifiable net assets was $600,000. Assume Birk Co. uses the equity method to account for this investment. On December 31, year 1, what amount of goodwill should Birk attribute to this acquisition?

  • $0
  • $20,000
  • $30,000
  • $50,000
A

$20,000Investments between 20% and 50% of the outstanding stock are presumed to give the investor significant influence over the investee and as such should be accounted for under the equity method. Birk Co. purchased 30% of the outstanding common stock of Sled. Birk Co. is presumed to have significant influence over Sled and must account for this investment using the equity method. Under the equity method, any excess paid over the fair value of the net assets is considered goodwill. The total purchase price paid by Birk was $200,000 and the fair value of the net assets was $180,000 ($600,000 × 30%). Goodwill would be the difference between $200,000 and the $180,000. Goodwill is $20,000.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
105
Q

After an impairment loss is recognized, the adjusted carrying amount of the intangible asset shall be its new accounting basis. Which of the following statements about subsequent reversal of a previously recognized impairment loss is correct?

  • It is prohibited.
  • It is required when the reversal is considered permanent.
  • It must be disclosed in the notes to the financial statements.
  • It is encouraged, but not required.
A

It is prohibited for GAAP. (IFRS allows this under certain conditions)All intangibles are subject to impairment, but the resulting impairment losses cannot be reversed. Although impairment losses on plant assets held for disposal can be reversed to the extent of previous losses, this is not the case for intangibles.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
106
Q

Magazine subscriptions collected in advance are reported as

  • A contra account to magazine subscriptions receivable in the asset section of the balance sheet.
  • Deferred revenue in the liability section of the balance sheet.
  • Deferred revenue in the stockholders’ equity section of the balance sheet.
  • Magazine subscription revenue in the income statement in the period collected. Answer Explanations
A

Deferred revenue in the liability section of the balance sheet.Deposits and prepayments received for goods or services to be provided in the future are deferred revenues. These would be reported as liabilities because an enterprise has an obligation to provide goods or services to those who have paid in advance.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
107
Q

On December 31, 2003, Moon, Inc. authorized Luna Co. to operate as a franchisee for an initial franchise fee of $100,000. Luna paid $40,000 on signing the agreement and signed an interest-free note to pay the balance in three annual installments of $20,000, beginning December 31, 2004. On December 31, 2003, the present value of the note, appropriately discounted, is $48,000. Services for the initial fee will be performed in 2004. In its December 31, 2003, balance sheet, what amount should Moon report as unearned franchise fees?

  • $0
  • $48,000
  • $88,000
  • $100,000
A

$88,000The unearned fees (current liability) balance is the sum of $40,000 cash received, plus the $48,000 present value of the note, for a total of $88,000. The remaining $12,000 (3 x $20,000 less the $48,000 present value) is interest to be recognized over the note term. No revenue is recognized until the service is performed.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
108
Q

edwood Co.’s financial statements had the following information at year end: Cash $60,000 Accounts receivable $180,000 Allowance for uncollectible accounts $8,000 Inventory $240,000 Short-term marketable securities $90,000 Prepaid rent $18,000 Current liabilities $400,000 Long-term debt $220,000
What was Redwood’s quick ratio?

A

0.81 to 1The quick ratio is the quotient of very liquid current assets to total current liabilities. Inventories and prepaids are not included in the numerator because they are not considered sufficiently liquid. As such, it is a more stringent test of liquidity than the current ratio. In this case, the quick ratio consists of: cash + net AR + marketable securities divided by current liabilities: ($60,000 + $180,000 - $8,000 + $90,000)/$400,000) = .805. The closest answer is 0.81 to 1.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
109
Q

In determining the fair value of an asset or liability, would the fair value of the asset or the fair value of the liability be determined using an entry price or an exit price?

  • Asset Fair Value
  • Liability Fair Value
A

Asset Fair Value - EXIT PRICE
Liability Fair Value - EXIT PRICE

The appropriate basis for determining the fair value of an asset or a liability is an exit price.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
110
Q

In November and December Year 1, Dorr Co., a newly organized magazine publisher, received $72,000 for 1,000 3-­year subscriptions at $24 per year, starting with the January Year 2 issue. Dorr elected to include the entire $72,000 in its Year 1 income tax return. What amount should Dorr report in its Year 1 income statement for subscriptions revenue?

  • $0
  • $4,000
  • $24,000
  • $72,000
A

$0SFAC 5 states that revenues are to be recognized when realized or realizable, and earned. At 12/31/Y1, none of the subscription revenue has been earned, since magazine delivery will not begin until Year 2. Therefore, unearned subscriptions revenue in the 12/31/Y1 balance sheet is $72,000 and subscriptions revenue in the Year 1 income statement is $0. Note that the treatment of the $72,000 collection for tax purposes does not determine its treatment for financial accounting purposes.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
111
Q

The FASB is a(n):

  • Private sector body.
  • Governmental unit.
  • International organization.
  • Group of accounting firms.
A

Private sector body.The FASB has no official connection with the U.S. Government although the SEC, an agency of the federal government, can modify or rescind an accounting standard adopted by the FASB.Remember the SEC has authority to establish GAAP but delegated that distinction to the FASB.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
112
Q

When the fair value of an asset is determined as the amount that currently would be required to replace the service capacity of the asset, which one of the following valuation techniques has been used?

  • Income approach.
  • Cost approach.
  • Expense approach.
  • Market approach.
A

Cost approach.When fair value is determined as the amount that currently would be required to replace the service capacity of an asset (i.e., current replacement cost), the cost approach has been used.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
113
Q

For a firm that elects to use fair value to measure eligible financial assets and financial liabilities, specific disclosures are required for which of the following financial statements? Quarterly Financial Statements Annual Financial Statements

A

Quarterly Financial Statements - YES
Annual Financial Statements - YES

Firms which elect to measure financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value are required to make significant additional disclosures in both interim (quarterly, etc.) and annual financial statements.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
114
Q

Entor Co. sold equipment to Pane Co. for $50,000. The equipment had a net book amount of $30,000. The collections were $20,000 in the first year, $15,000 in the next year, and $15,000 in the last year. What is the amount of gross profit for the third year if Entor used the installment-sales accounting method for the transaction?

  • $0
  • $5,000
  • $6,000
  • $15,000
A

$6,000The total gross profit on the equipment is $50,000 – $30,000 = $20,000. Under the installment-sales method, gross profit is recognized proportionally with the amount of the installment payment each year. The gross profit that should be recognized in year 3 is $15,000/($20,000 + $15,000 + $15,000) = 30% of the total revenue. Therefore, this answer is correct because $6,000 (30% × $20,000 total gross profit) of gross profit should be recognized in year 3.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
115
Q

According to the FASB conceptual framework, certain assets are reported in financial statements at the amount of cash or its equivalent that would have to be paid if the same or equivalent assets were acquired currently. What is the name of the reporting concept?

  • Replacement cost.
  • Current market value.
  • Historical cost.
  • Net realizable value.
A

Replacement cost.Current market value is a SELLING PRICE. Accounting standards define current replacement cost, as the amount of cash, or its equivalent, that would have to be paid if the same or an equivalent asset were acquired currently.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
116
Q

Recognizing depletion expense is an example of the accounting process of Allocation Amortization

A

Allocation - YES Amortization - YES
SFAC 6 defines allocation as the process of assigning or distributing an amount according to a plan or formula and amortization as an allocation process for accounting for prepayments and deferrals. Allocation is broader in scope and thus includes amortization. Specific examples of amortization include recognizing expenses for depletion, depreciation, and insurance, and recognizing earned subscription revenues.Under accrual accounting, expenses are recognized as related revenues are recognized, that is, (product) expenses are matched with revenues. Some (period) expenses, however, cannot be associated with particular revenues. These expenses are recognized as incurred.
* Product costs are those which can be associated with particular sales (e.g., cost of sales). Product costs attach to a unit of product and become an expense only when the unit to which they attach is sold. This is known as associating “cause and effect.”
* Period costs are not particularly or conveniently assignable to a product. They become expenses due to the passage of time by

Immediate recognition if the future benefit cannot be measured (e.g., advertising)
Systematic and rational allocation if benefits are produced in certain future periods (e.g., asset depreciation)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
117
Q

On January 2, year 1, Smith purchased the net assets of Jones’ Cleaning, a sole proprietorship, for $350,000, and commenced operations of Spiffy Cleaning, a sole proprietorship. The assets had a carrying amount of $375,000 and a market value of $360,000. In Spiffy’s cash-basis financial statements for the year ended December 31, year 1, Spiffy reported revenues in excess of expenses of $60,000. Smith’s drawings during year 1 were $20,000. In Spiffy’s financial statements, what amount should be reported as Capital-Smith?

  • $390,000
  • $400,000
  • $410,000
  • $415,000
A

$390,000The ending balance in Smith’s capital account on either the accrual or cash basis is computed as follows: Beginning capital + Investments + Income – Drawings = Ending capital
Smith’s beginning capital balance is measured as the cost of the assets purchased to establish the business ($350,000). The previously recorded value ($375,000) and estimated market value ($360,000) are irrelevant and do not affect beginning capital. No additional investments were made; cash basis income was $60,000 and drawings were $20,000. Therefore, the ending capital balance is $390,000 ($350,000 + $60,000 − $20,000).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
118
Q

A private entity is defined as:

  • An entity required to file with the SEC or a business entity that is required to prepare and make publicly available U.S. GAAP financial statements.
  • The same as a public entity.
  • An entity other than a public business entity, a not-for-profit entity, or Topic 960–965 employee benefit plan.
  • An entity other than a public business entity or not-for-profit entity.
A

An entity other than a public business entity, a not-for-profit entity, or Topic 960–965 employee benefit plan.A private entity is defined a private entity is defined as, “an entity other than apublic business entity, anot-for-profit entity, or an employee benefit plan within the scope of Topics 960 through 965 on plan accounting.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
119
Q

Rent revenue collected 1 month in advance should be accounted for as

  • Revenue in the month collected.
  • A current liability.
  • A separate item in stockholders’ equity.
  • An accrued liability.
A

A current liability.Revenue collected 1 month in advance is unearned and, therefore, should be accounted for as a current liability. Current liabilities are obligations whose liquidation is reasonably expected to require the use of existing resources properly classifiable as current assets or the creation of other current liabilities. This includes collections received in advance of delivery of goods or services.Accrual—accrual-basis recognition precedes (leads to) cash receipt/expenditure
* Revenue—recognition of revenue earned, but not received
* Expense—recognition of expense incurred, but not paid
Deferral—cash receipt/expenditure precedes (leads to) accrual-basis recognition
* Revenue—postponement of recognition of revenue; cash is received, but revenue is not earned
* Expense—postponement of recognition of expense; cash is paid, but expense is not incurred

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
120
Q

Alta Co. spent $400,000 during the current year developing a new idea for a product that was patented during the year. The legal cost of applying for a patent license was $40,000. Also, $50,000 was spent to successfully defend the rights of the patent against a competitor. The patent has a life of 20 years. Under U.S. GAAP, what amount should Alta capitalize related to the patent?

  • $40,000
  • $50,000
  • $90,000
  • $490,000
A

$90,000The legal cost for applying for a patent can be capitalized. Alta can also capitalize the costs associated with the legal defense of the patent. This response correctly includes the legal costs associated with applying for and defending the patent.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
121
Q

In accordance with ASC Topic 255, the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers is used to compute information on a

  • Historical cost basis.
  • Current cost basis.
  • Constant dollar basis.
  • Nominal dollar basis.
A

Constant dollar basis.The Consumer Price Index is used to compute information on a “constant dollar” basis. The index is used to restate financial statement elements to dollars which have the same purchasing power.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
122
Q

Which of the following should be expensed as incurred by a franchise with an estimated useful life of 10 years?

  • Amount paid to the franchisor for the franchise.
  • Periodic payments to a company, other than the franchisor, for that company’s franchise.
  • Legal fees paid to the franchisee’s lawyers to obtain the franchise.
  • Periodic payments to the franchisor based on the franchisee’s revenues.
A

Periodic payments to the franchisor based on the franchisee’s revenues.Continuing franchise fees, based on revenues, should be reported as expenses when incurred.ASC Topic 952 provides that the initial franchise fee be recognized as revenue by the franchiseronlyupon substantial performance of their initial service obligation. The amount and timing of revenue recognized depends upon whether the contract contains bargain purchase agreements, tangible property, and whether the continuing franchise fees are reasonable in relation to future service obligations. Direct franchise costs are deferred until the related revenue is recognized.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
123
Q

Which of the following is a fundamental (primary) qualitative characteristic of useful financial information included in IASB’s Framework?

  • Comparability.
  • Timeliness.
  • Relevance.
  • Understandability.
A

Relevance.Relevance and faithful representation are the two fundamental qualitative characteristics of financial information (IASB Framework 5-18).Same as GAAP!

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
124
Q

According to the FASB Conceptual Framework, which of the following relates to both relevance and faithful representation? Consistency Verifiability

A

Consistency - YES Verifiability - YES
Verifiability and consistency (a component of comparability) are both enhancing qualitative characteristics relating to both relevance and faithful representation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
125
Q

According to the IASB Framework, the financial statement element that is defined as increases in economic benefits during the accounting period in the form of inflows or enhancements of assets or decreases of liabilities that result in increases in equity, other than those relating to contributions from equity participants, is

  • Revenue.
  • Income.
  • Profits.
  • Gains.
A

Income.The IASB Framework has five elements:
* asset,
* liability,
* equity,
* income, and
* expense.
The definition given is that of income. Note that income includes both revenues and gains.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
126
Q

A company is an accelerated filer that is required to file Form 10-K with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). What is the maximum number of days after the company’s fiscal year end that the company has to file Form 10-K with the SEC?

  • 60 days.
  • 75 days
  • 90 days
  • 120 days
A

75 days. (Large Accelerated is 60 Days)An accelerated filer has an aggregate worldwide market value of the voting and nonvoting common stock held by nonaffiliates of $75 million or more, but less than $700 million on the last business day of the issuer’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter. Alargeaccelerated filer has market capitalization (as described) of $700 million or more. Beginning in 2006 the SEC changed the 10-K filing deadline forlargeaccelerated filers to be 60 days from the fiscal year end. Accelerated filers still have 75 days to file their 10-K.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
127
Q

Under what condition is it proper to recognize revenues prior to the sale of the merchandise?

  • When the ultimate sale of the goods is at an assured sales price.
  • When the revenue is to be reported as an installment sale.
  • When the concept of internal consistency (of amounts of revenue) must be complied with.
  • When management has a long-established policy to do so.
A

When the ultimate sale of the goods is at an assured sales price.Profit is to be considered realized when a sale in the ordinary course of business is effected. Inventory valuation above cost can only be justified by the following: an inability to determine approximate costs, immediate marketability at a quoted price, and the characteristic of unit interchangeability. Thus, a condition permitting recognition of revenue prior to sale would be an assured sales price.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
128
Q

On January 2, 2005, Ames Corp. signed an eight-year lease for office space. Ames has the option to renew the lease for an additional four-year period on or before January 2, 2012. During January 2005, Ames incurred the following costs: $120,000 for general improvements to the leased premises with an estimated useful life of 10 years. $50,000 for office furniture and equipment with an estimated useful life of 10 years.
At December 31, 2005, Ames’ intentions as to the exercise of the renewal option are uncertain. A full year’s amortization of leasehold improvements is taken for calendar year two. In Ames’ December 31, 2005 Balance Sheet, accumulated amortization should be:
* $10,000
* $15,000
* $17,000
* $21,250

A

$15,000The appropriate amortization period for the leasehold improvements is eight years because renewal is uncertain. $120,000/8 = $15,000. This is the amount in accumulated amortization because the property has been leased only one year. The office furniture and equipment are not included in leasehold improvements because they belong to the lessee.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
129
Q

Which of the following characteristics relates to both accounting relevance and faithful representation?

  • Free from error.
  • Predictive value.
  • Neutrality.
  • Comparability.
A

Comparability.Comparability is anenhancing characteristic, which relates to both relevance andfaithful representation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
130
Q

According to the FASB Conceptual Framework, what does the concept offaithful representationin financial reporting include?

  • Effectiveness.
  • Certainty.
  • Precision.
  • Neutrality.
A

Neutrality.Information isrepresentationally faithful if it is neutral, complete, and free from error.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
131
Q

ABC Co. was organized on July 15, 2004, and earned no significant revenues until the first quarter of 2007. During the period 2004-2006, ABC acquired plant and equipment, raised capital, obtained financing, trained employees, and developed markets.In its financial statements as of December 31, 2006, ABC should defer all costs incurred during 2004-06,

  • Net of revenues earned, which are recoverable in future periods.
  • Net of revenues earned.
  • Which are recoverable in future periods.
  • Without regard to net revenues earned or recoverability in future periods.
A

Which are recoverable in future periods.ABC is a development stage enterprise. Such enterprises are subject to the same accounting principles governing capitalization of costs as enterprises that have established themselves as on-going enterprises. Therefore, the amount of cost to be capitalized or deferred is the amount of cost that is recoverable in future periods.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
132
Q

Mr. & Mrs. Carson are applying for a bank loan and the bank has requested a personal statement of financial condition as of December 31, year 3. Included in their assets at this date are the following: 1,000 shares of Alden Corporation common stock purchased in year 3 at a cost of $50,000. The quoted market value of the stock was $75 per share on December 31, year 3. A residence purchased in year 1 at a cost of $120,000. Improvements costing $15,000 were made in year 2. Unimproved similar homes in the area are currently selling at approximately the same price levels as in year 1.
In the Carsons’ December 31, year 3 personal statement of financial condition, the above assets should be reported at a total amount of
* $170,000
* $185,000
* $195,000
* $210,000

A

$210,000Per ASC Topic 274, assets are to be reported at estimated current values in a personal statement of financial condition. The current value of the investment in stock is $75,000 (1,000 shares× $75 per share). The current value of the residence can be estimated at $135,000. This consists of the cost of $120,000 (since similar unimproved homes are selling at the same price level which they were selling at in year 1) and the cost of improvements ($15,000). It can be assumed that the improvements will increase the value of the house by at least their cost. Therefore, the total amount is $210,000 (investment of $75,000 plus the house worth $135,000).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
133
Q

Multico is a securities dealer whose principal market is with other securities dealers. To take advantage of a perceived opportunity, on December 31, the end of its fiscal year, Multico acquired a financial asset in a market other than its principal market for $50,000. At that date, the identical instrument could be sold in Multico’s principal market for $50,100 with a $200 transaction cost. Which of the following amounts would constitute fair value to Multico for the financial asset at December 31?

  • $49,800
  • $49,900
  • $50,000
  • $50,100
A

$50,100Since fair value is based on an exit price, the amount at which Multico could have sold the asset in its principal market is its fair value to Multico. Since the asset could have been sold by Multico in its principal market for $50,100, that is its fair value to Multico. The transaction cost to execute the sale should not be deducted from the market price to get fair value.Remember if Principal market = no transaction costs (but may consider transportation cost), and if NO PRINCIPAL market = consider the transaction costs but only for ascertaining the most advantageous market, then go with the full price of the investment as the FV.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
134
Q

Inventory Turnover

A

COGS / Average Inventory

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
135
Q

Sanni Co. had $150,000 in cash-basis pretax income for the year. At the current year-end, accounts receivable decreased by $20,000 and accounts payable increased by $16,000 from their previous year-end balances. Compared to the accrual-basis method of accounting, Sanni’s cash-basis pretax income is

  • Higher by $4,000
  • Lower by $4,000
  • Higher by $36,000
  • Lower by $36,000
A

Higher by $36,000Because accounts receivable decreased by $20,000, the cash received was $20,000 more than the accrual-basis sales. Since accounts payable increased by $16,000 during the year, accrual-basis expenses were $16,000 more than cash payments. Therefore, accrual-basis net income is equal to $114,000 ($150,000 – 20,000 – $16,000), andtherefore, cash-basis pretax income is $36,000 ($150,000 – $114,000) higher than accrual-basis income.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
136
Q

On December 30, 2004, Solomon Co. had a current ratio greater than 1:1 and a quick ratio less than 1:1.On December 31, 2004, all cash was used to reduce accounts payable. How did these cash payments affect the ratios? Current ratio Quick ratio

A

Current ratio - INCREASE Quick ratio - DECREASE
Cash is both a current and a quick asset (an asset immediately available to pay debts). Accounts payable is a current liability. Thus, the numerator and denominator of both ratios have decreased.The current ratio was greater than 1.0 before the transaction. Therefore, the denominator decreased a greater percentage than the numerator causing the ratio to increase.The quick ratio was less than 1.0 before the transaction. Therefore, the numerator decreased a greater percentage than the denominator causing the ratio to decrease.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
137
Q

Which of the following would be reported as an investing activity in a company’s statement of cash flows?

  • Collection of proceeds from a note payable.
  • Collection of a note receivable from a related party.
  • Collection of an overdue account receivable from a customer.
  • Collection of a tax refund from the government.
A

Collection of a note receivable from a related party.Proceeds from a note payable is a financing activity.Collection on a note receivable from a related party is an investing activity. The company is lending money to the related party and lending is not a primary business activity – the fact that the loan is in the form of a note implies that it is interest bearing.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
138
Q

In determining the fair value of an asset in the most advantageous market, the market based exit price should be adjusted for Transaction Cost Transportation Cost

A

Transaction Cost - NO
Transportation Cost - YES

In determining the fair value of an asset in the most advantageous market, the market based exit price would not be adjusted for transaction cost associated with executing the (hypothetical) transaction, but would be adjusted for transportation cost to get the asset to the principal or most advantageous market.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
139
Q

Which of the following isnota reason to prepare prospective financial information?

  • To aid in considering a change in accounting or operations.
  • To aid in preparation of the budget.
  • To obtain external financing.
  • To meet the requirements of GAAP.
A

To meet the requirements of GAAP.The preparation of prospective financial information is not required by GAAP.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
140
Q

Tod Corp. wrote off $100,000 of obsolete inventory on December 31, 2005. The effect of this write-off was to decrease

  • Both the current and acid-test ratios.
  • Only the current ratio.
  • Only the acid-test ratio.
  • Neither the current nor the acid-test ratios.
A

Only the current ratio.Inventory is a current asset but not a quick asset (assets that are readily converted to cash). The current ratio is current assets/current liabilities. Thus, the current ratio is reduced.The quick ratio is quick assets/current liabilities. Thus, the quick ratio is unaffected.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
141
Q

Wright Company sells for cash major household appliance service contracts agreeing to service customers’ appliances for a 1-year, 2-year, or 3-year period. Cash receipts from contracts are credited to unearned service contract revenues and this account had a balance of $1,440,000 at December 31, year 1, before year-end adjustment. Service contract costs are charged to service contract expense as incurred and this account had a balance of $360,000 at December 31, year 1. Outstanding service contracts at December 31, year 1, expire as follows: During year 2 - $300,000 During year 3 - $450,000 During year 4 - $200,000
What amount should Wright report as unearned service contract revenues at December 31, year 1?
* $490,000
* $712,500
* $950,000
* $1,080,000

A

$950,000This answer is correct. The amount reported in this liability account should be the total amount of outstanding service contracts at 12/31/Y1, or $950,000 ($300,000 + $450,000 + $200,000). Wright’s 12/31/Y1 adjusting entry would reduce the liability account from $1,440,000 to $950,000.
Dr. Unearned service contracts revenue $490,000 Cr. Service contracts revenue $490,000

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
142
Q

Esker Inc. specializes in real estate transactions other than retail land sales. On January 1, year 1, Esker consummated a sale of property to Kame Ltd. The amount of profit on the sale is determinable and Esker is not obligated to perform any additional activities to earn the profit. Kame’s initial and continuing investments were adequate to demonstrate a commitment to pay for the property. However, Esker’s receivable may be subject to future subordination. Esker should account for the sale using the

  • Deposit method.
  • Reduced profit method.
  • Cost recovery method.
  • Full accrual method.
A

Cost recovery method.The problem states that the sale has been consummated and that Kame’s initial and continuing investments are adequate to demonstrate a commitment to pay for the property. However, the fact that Esker’s receivable is subject to future subordination precludes recognition of the profit in full. Instead, the cost recovery method must be used to account for the sale.The full accrual method may be used only if profit on the sale is determinable, the earning process is virtually complete, and all of the following: A sale is consummated. The buyer’s initial and continuing investments are adequate to demonstrate a commitment to pay for the property. The seller’s receivable is not subject to future subordination. The seller has transferred to the buyer the usual risks and rewards of ownership in a transaction that is, in substance, a sale and does not have a substantial continuing involvement in the property.
Since Esker’s receivable is subject to future subordination, the full accrual method may not be used to account for the sale.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
143
Q

Northstar Co. acquired a registered trademark for $600,000. The trademark has a remaining legal life of five years, but can be renewed every 10 years for a nominal fee. Northstar expects to renew the trademark indefinitely. What amount of amortization expense should Northstar record for the trademark in the current year?

  • $0
  • $15,000
  • $40,000
  • $120,000
A

$0When the intangible asset can be renewed indefinitely, and the company has the positive ability and intent to continuously renew, then the intangible asset is an indefinite life intangible. Indefinite life intangibles are not amortized, but are tested for impairment on an annual basis.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
144
Q

On January 1, 2000, Nobb Corp. signed a 12-year lease for warehouse space. Nobb has an option to renew the lease for an additional 8-year period on or before January 1, 2004.During January 2002, Nobb made substantial improvements to the warehouse. The cost of these improvements was $540,000, with an estimated useful life of 15 years.At December 31, 2002, Nobb intended to exercise the renewal option. Nobb has taken a full year’s amortization on this leasehold.In Nobb’s December 31, 2002 Balance Sheet, the carrying amount of this leasehold improvement should be:

  • $486,000
  • $504,000
  • $510,000
  • $513,000
A

$504,000The remaining lease term at the end of 2002 is nine years (the 12-year lease term began January 1, 2000). The eight-year option is added to the term at that point to yield a revised lease term of 17 years (9 + 8). Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of lease term (17 years) or useful life (15 years) because leasehold improvements revert to the lessor.Thus, the amortization of the leasehold improvements is $36,000 ($540,000/15). At the end of 2002, the carrying value of the leasehold improvement is $504,000 ($540,000-$36,000). A full year of amortization is warranted in 2002 because the improvements were completed in January.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
145
Q
A company that is a large accelerated filer must file its Form 10-Q with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission within how many days after the end of the period?	
* 30 days.	
* 40 days.	
* 45 days	
* 60 days
A

40 days.A large accelerated filer is a company with worldwide market value of outstanding voting and nonvoting common equity held by nonaffiliates of $700 million or more. A large accelerated filer must file its 10Q within 40 days after quarter end.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
146
Q

Kent Co., a division of National Realty, Inc., maintains escrow accounts and pays real estate taxes for National’s mortgage customers. Escrow funds are kept in interest-bearing accounts. Interest, less a 10% service fee, is credited to the mortgagee’s account and used to reduce future escrow payments.Additional information follows: Escrow accounts liability, 1 January, 2004$700,000 Escrow payments received during 2004$1.58mn Real estate taxes paid during$1.72mn Interest on escrow funds during 2004 $50,000
What amount should Kent report as escrow accounts liability in its December 31, 2004 balance sheet?
* $510,000
* $515,000
* $605,000
* $610,000

A

$605,000The following equation is used to explain the changes in the escrow liability and the ending balance (31 December, 2004):Beginning + Payments - Real estate + Interest - 10% (interest) = EndingBalance Received Tax Payments Balance$700,000 + $1.58mn - $1.72mn + $50,000 - $5,000 = $605,000The interest increases the liability, because it is an amount owed to the mortgagee. This debt is extinguished by crediting the receivable from the mortgagee. The 10% fee reduces the portion of the liability owing to interest.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
147
Q

A shoe retailer allows customers to return shoes within 90 days of purchase. The company estimates that 5% of sales will be returned within the 90-day period. During the month, the company has sales of $200,000 and returns of sales made in prior months of $5,000. What amount should the company record as net sales revenue for new sales made during the month?

  • $185,000
  • $190,000
  • $195,000
  • $200,000
A

$190,000The effect of estimated returns is recognized in the month of sale. Net sales to be reported for the current month equal $200,000 less the returns expected on those sales (5% or $10,000), or $190,000. The actual returns granted in the current month on previous months’ sales were recognized as reductions in net sales in those previous months.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
148
Q

Dee’s inventory and accounts payable balances at December 31, year 2, increased over their December 31, year 1, balances. Should these increases be added to or deducted from cash payments to suppliers to arrive at year 2 cost of goods sold? Increase in inventory Increase in accounts payable

A

Increase in inventory - Deducted from Increase in accounts payable - Added to
Cash payments to suppliers are converted to CGS as follows:
* Cash payments to suppliers
* + Increase in AP – Increase in inventory
* Cost of Goods Sold
An increase in ending inventory represents the cost of items purchased during the period which remain unsold. Thus, the increase should be deducted from cash payments to suppliers. An increase in AP indicates that certain items purchased during the period have not yet been paid for and are not included in cash payments. Since these represent unrecorded purchases, the increase must be added to cash payments to suppliers to arrive at CGS.Increase in inventory means purchases exceeded cost of goods sold and increase in AP means there was less cash payments to vendors than amount of purchases.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
149
Q

On January 1, 2004, Bay Co. acquired a land lease for a 21-year period with no option to renew.The lease required Bay to construct a building in lieu of rent. The building, completed on January 1, 2005, at a cost of $840,000, will be depreciated using the straight-line method. At the end of the lease, the building’s estimated market value will be $420,000.What is the building’s carrying amount in Bay’s December 31, 2005 Balance Sheet?

  • $798,000
  • $800,000
  • $819,000
  • $820,000
A

$798,000The building is a leasehold improvement because it reverts to the lessor at the end of the lease. The residual value belongs to the lessor and is not relevant to the lessee. The building was completed at the beginning of the second year of the lease. Therefore, the total cost to the lessee of $840,000 is amortized over 20 years, not 21.The carrying value of the leasehold improvement at the end of 2005, the first year of the building’s life but the second year of the lease, is $798,000 = $840,000(19/20).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
150
Q

In determining the fair value of a nonfinancial asset, assessing the highest and best use of the asset must take into account all but which one of the following?

  • What is physically possible.
  • What is financially feasible.
  • How the reporting entity would use the asset.
  • What is legally permissible.
A

How the reporting entity would use the asset.In determining the fair value of a nonfinancial asset, how the reporting entity would use the asset would not be taken into account in assessing the highest and best use of the asset. The highest and best use is based on use of the asset by market participants, not by the reporting entity.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
151
Q

The SEC defines a foreign private issuer as any issuer other than a foreign government, except an issuer that where more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities are directly or indirectly owned by residents of the U.S. and what other condition?

  • The business of the issuer is administered principally in the foreign country.
  • More than 50% of the assets of the issuer are located in the foreign country.
  • The majority of its executive officers or directors are U.S. citizens or residents.
  • All of the above
A

The majority of its executive officers or directors are U.S. citizens or residents.A foreign private issuer is any foreign issuer other than a foreign government,exceptan issuer that meets the following conditions:

  • More than 50% of the outstanding voting securities are directly or indirectly owned by residents of the U.S., and
  • Any of the following:
  • The business of the issuer is administered principally in the U.S.
  • More than 50% of the assets of the issuer are located in the U.S.
  • The majority of its executive officers or directors are U.S. citizens or residents.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
152
Q

Lane Co., which began operations on January 1, year 1, appropriately uses the installment method of accounting. The following information pertains to Lane’s operations for year 1: Installment sales $1,000,000 Regular sales $600,000 Cost of installment sales $500,000 Cost of regular sales $300,000 General and administrativeexpenses $100,000 Collections on installment sales $200,000
The deferred gross profit account in Lane’s December 31, year 1 balance sheet should be
* $150,000
* $320,000
* $400,000
* $500,000

A

$400,000Under the installment method, gross profit is deferred at the time of sale and is recognized by applying the gross profit rate to subsequent cash collections. At the time of sale, gross profit of $500,000 is deferred ($1,000,000 – $500,000). The gross profit rate is 50% ($500,000 ÷ $1,000,000). Since year 1 collections on installment sales were $200,000, gross profit of $100,000 (50% × $200,000) is recognized in year 1. This recognition of gross profit would decrease the deferred gross profit account to a 12/31/Y1 balance of $400,000 ($500,000 – $100,000). Note that regular sales, cost of regular sales, and general and administrative expenses do not affect the deferred gross profit account.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
153
Q

If a firm changes the valuation approach used to determine fair value, how would the amount of change in fair value resulting from the change in the valuation approach be reported?

  • As a change in accounting principle.
  • As an adjustment to beginning retained earnings of the period of change in approach.
  • As a change in accounting estimate.
  • As gain on the income statement for the period of change in approach.
A

As a change in accounting estimate.The amount of change in fair value resulting from a change in the valuation approach used to determine fair value is reported as a change in accounting estimate. That means that the amount of the change, like the change in fair value resulting from market forces, will be reported in current income (as income from continuing operations).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
154
Q

Which of the following is true regarding the comparison between managerial and financial accounting?

  • Managerial accounting is generally more precise.
  • Managerial accounting has a past focus and financial accounting has a future focus.
  • The emphasis on managerial accounting is relevance and the emphasis on financial accounting is timeliness.
  • Managerial accounting need not follow Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP), while financial accounting must follow them.
A

Managerial accounting need not follow Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP), while financial accounting must follow them.Managerial accounting is for internal use, and as such, does not follow GAAP. Financial accounting is for external users and must follow GAAP.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
155
Q

According to thePrivate Company Decision Making Framework, which of the following isnota potential differential factor between public business entities and private companies potentially necessitating the need for alternative private company guidance?

  • Number of company investments.
  • Number of primary users.
  • Accounting resources.
  • Ownership and capital structure.
A

Number of company investments.Potential differential factors between public business entities and private companies include: number of primary users and their access to management; investment strategies of primary users; ownership and capital structure; accounting resources and learning about new financial reporting guidance not number of subsidiaries.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
156
Q

A company recently acquired a copyright that now has a remaining legal life of 30 years. The copyright initially had a 38-year useful life assigned to it. An analysis of market trends and consumer habits indicated that the copyrighted material will generate positive cash flows for approximately 25 years. What is the remaining useful life, if any, over which the company can amortize the copyright for accounting purposes?

  • 0 years.
  • 25 years
  • 30 years
  • 38 years
A

25 yearsThis copyright has a definite life; the question is what is the length of that life? The life assigned to the intangible asset is the shorter of its legal and useful life. The useful life is shorter than the legal life, so this copyright is amortized over 25 years.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
157
Q

On January 1, 2001, Sip Co. signed a five-year contract enabling it to use a patented manufacturing process beginning in 2001.A royalty is payable for each product produced, subject to a minimum annual fee. Any royalties in excess of the minimum will be paid annually. On the contract date, Sip prepaid a sum equal to two years’ minimum annual fees. In 2001, only the minimum fees were incurred.The royalty prepayment should be reported in Sip’s December 31, 2001, financial statements as:

  • An expense only.
  • A current asset and an expense.
  • A current asset and noncurrent asset.
  • A noncurrent asset.
A

A current asset and an expense.At the end of 2001, 1/2 of the prepayment is recognized as an expense. The minimum fee was incurred in 2001 equaling 1/2 of the prepayment amount. Sip has received the benefit of 1/2 of prepayment amount. The other 1/2 is applied to 2002 and allows Sip to use the patent in that year. This amount had future value as of 12/31/01. That future value is expected to expire at the end of 2002 and, thus, is classified as a current asset at the end of 2001. Additional use in 2002 beyond the minimum will be paid in that year.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
158
Q

On January 15, 2008, Able Co. made a significant investment in the debt securities of Baker Co., which it intends to hold until the debt matures. Able’s fiscal year-end is December 31. If Able Co. intends to measure and report its investment in Baker Co. debt securities at fair value as permitted by FASB #159, “The Fair Value Option… “, on which one of the following dates must Able elect to implement the fair value option?

  • January 15, 2008
  • January 31, 2008
  • March 31, 2008
  • December 31, 2008
A

January 15, 2008If Able Co. intends to elect to implement the fair value option for its investment in Baker’s debt, it must make its election on the date it first recognizes the investment, which is January 15, 2008.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
159
Q

On December 31, year 1, Moon, Inc. authorized Luna Co. to operate as a franchisee for an initial franchise fee of $100,000. Luna paid $40,000 on signing the agreement and signed an interest-free note to pay the balance in three annual installments of $20,000 each, beginning December 31, year 2. On December 31, year 1, the present value of the note, appropriately discounted, is $48,000. Services for the initial fee will be performed in year 2. In its December 31, year 1 balance sheet, what amount should Moon report as unearned franchise fees?

  • $0
  • $48,000
  • $88,000
  • $100,000
A

$88,000Franchise fee revenue is recognized when all material services have been substantially performed by the franchiser. Substantial performance means that the franchiser has performed substantially all of the required initial services and has no remaining obligation to refund any cash received. As of December 31, year 1, the date the agreement was signed, no services have been performed. Therefore, this answer is correct because the entire $88,000 must be recognized as unearned franchise fees in the December 31, year 1 balance sheet.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
160
Q
The following information is available for Bart Company for year 1:	Disbursements for purchases $580,000	Increase in trade accounts payable $50,000	Decrease in merchandise inventory $20,000
Cost of goods sold for year 1 was?	
* $650,000	
* $610,000	
* $550,000	
* $510,000
A

$650,000This answer is correct. The basic cost of goods sold formula is:Beg. inv. + Net Purchases – End. inv. = CGSTo compute cost of goods sold from the information given, cash paid for purchases must be adjusted for increases (decreases) in both accounts payable and merchandise inventory. Cash payments for purchases during year 1 were $580,000. In addition, accounts payable increased by $50,000, indicating that total purchases exceeded cash payments for purchases by $50,000. Merchandise inventory decreased by $20,000, which means beginning inventory exceeded ending inventory by $20,000. This decrease in inventory must be added to cash payments for purchases to compute the cost of goods sold of $650,000. Cash paid for purchases $580,000 + Increase in AP $50,000 + Decrease in inv $20,000 Cost of goods sold $650,000

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
161
Q
Based on 2000 sales of compact discs recorded by an artist under a contract with Bain Co., the artist earned $100,000 after an adjustment of $8,000 for anticipated returns.In addition, Bain paid the artist $75,000 in 2000 as a reasonable estimate of the amount recoverable from future royalties to be earned by the artist.What amount should Bain report in its 2000 Income Statement for royalty expense?	
* $100,000	
* $108,000	
* $175,000	
* $183,000
A

$100,000The net amount earned by the artist is also the royalty expense to the firm. Royalty expense is recognized on the basis of the sales of the CD. Adjustments to the final amount earned for 2000, after all return information is known, will be treated as an adjustment to royalty expense in 2001. New information in 2001 will require a change in estimate, not retroactive application. The $100,000 amount is the best estimate of the royalty cost to Bain in 2000 that will ultimately be paid on 2000 sales.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
162
Q

The purpose of IASB’sFramework for the preparation and presentation of financial statementsincludes all of the following except:

  • Assist users of financial statements in interpreting the information contained in financial statements that are prepared in conformity with IFRSs.
  • Assist national standard-setting bodies in developing national standards.
  • Assist the IASB in the development of future IFRSs and in its review of existing IFRSs.
  • Assist the IASB in enforcing regulations, accounting standards and procedures relating to the presentation of financial statements by providing a basis for reducing the number of alternative treatments permitted by IFRSs.
A

Assist the IASB in enforcing regulations, accounting standards and procedures relating to the presentation of financial statements by providing a basis for reducing the number of alternative treatments permitted by IFRSs.Remember that the IASB has no enforcement authority. The enforcement is carried out by regulators, such as the SEC in the U.S., Central Banks, and governmental authorities. As such, the purpose of the IASB’s Framework is not to assist in enforcing regulations, accounting standards, and procedures but, rather, to assist in promoting the harmonization of regulations, accounting standards, and procedures relating to the presentation of financial statements by providing a basis for reducing the number of alternative treatments permitted by IFRSs. IASB Framework, para. 1.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
163
Q

According to the FASB conceptual framework, the objectives of financial reporting for business enterprises are based on

  • The need for conservatism.
  • Reporting on management’s stewardship.
  • Generally accepted accounting principles.
  • The needs of the users of the information.
A

The needs of the users of the information.Per SFAC 8, the objectives of financial reporting focus on providing present and potential investors with information useful in making investment decisions. Financial statement users do not have the authority to prescribe the data they desire; therefore, they must rely on external financial reporting to satisfy their information needs.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
164
Q

According to theIASB Framework for the Preparation and Presentation of Financial Statements, the qualitative characteristic offaithful representationincludes

  • Timeliness, predictive value, and feedback value.
  • Neutrality, completeness and free from error.
  • Predictive value, confirmatory value, and materiality.
  • Comparability and consistency.
A

Neutrality, completeness and free from error.TheIASB Framework for the Preparation and Presentation of Financial Statementshas converged with the FASB’s SFAC 8. The concept offaithful representation, includes completeness, neutrality, and free from error.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
165
Q

Weaver Company sells magazine subscriptions for a 1-year, 2-year, or 3-year period. Cash receipts from subscribers are credited to magazine subscriptions collected in advance, and this account had a balance of $1,700,000 at December 31, year 1. Information for the year ended December 31, year 2, is as follows: Cash receipts from subscribers $2,100,000 Magazine subscriptions revenue (credited at 12/31/Y2) $1,500,000
* In its December 31, year 2 balance sheet, what amount should Weaver report as the balance for magazine subscriptions collected in advance?

  • $1,400,000
  • $1,900,000
  • $2,100,000
  • $2,300,000
A

$2,300,000The solutions approach is to set up a T- account for the liability.As receipts are collected, the liability is credited to record the additional subscriptions owed to customers. In addition, the liability is decreased as revenue from the subscriptions is earned. Based upon the information given, Weaver should report $2,300,000 of subscriptions collected in advance at December 31, year 2.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
166
Q

According to the installment method of accounting, the gross profit on an installment sale is recognized in income

  • On the date of sale.
  • On the date the final cash collection is received.
  • After cash collections equal to the cost of sales have been received.
  • In proportion to the cash collections received.
A

In proportion to the cash collections received.The installment method of recognizing revenue is appropriate only when “collection of the sale price is not reasonably assured.” Under the installment method, gross profit is deferred to future periods and recognized proportionately to collection of the receivables.Revenue is recognized as cash is collected. Thus, revenue recognition takes place at the point of cash collection rather than the point of sale. Installment sales accounting can only be used where “collection of the sale price is not reasonably assured” (ASC Topic 605) (APB 10).Under the installment sales method, gross profit is deferred to future periods and recognized proportionately to collection of the receivables. Installment receivables and deferred gross profit accounts must be kept separate by year, because the gross profit rate usually varies from year to year.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
167
Q

Conceptually, interim financial statements can be described as emphasizing:

  • Timeliness over faithful representation.
  • Faithful representation over relevance.
  • Relevance over comparability.
  • Comparability over neutrality.
A

Timeliness over faithful representation.Interim reporting emphasizes timeliness over faithful representation. Interim reports are generally more aggregate and reflect estimates that are of a more approximate nature than those found in annual reports. The objective is to provide reasonable information in a timely fashion, rather than exact information. The cost to provide the latter would often be prohibitive on a quarterly basis.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
168
Q

Acounts Receivable Turnover

A

Net Credit Sales / Average Accounts Receivable

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
169
Q

How would the proceeds received from the advance sale of nonrefundable tickets for a theatrical performance be reported in the seller’s financial statements before the performance?

  • Revenue for the entire proceeds.
  • Revenue to the extent of related costs expended.
  • Unearned revenue to the extent of related costs expended.
  • Unearned revenue for the entire proceeds.
A

Unearned revenue for the entire proceeds.Per SFAC 5, revenue should not be recognized until earned. Revenues are generally earned when the product is delivered or services are rendered to customers. When a sale or cash receipt (or both) takes place prior to the delivery of the product or performance of the service, as in this case, the revenues should be earned as delivery/performance takes place. Since the entire proceeds in this problem are for the advance sale of tickets, they should be reported as unearned revenue in the seller’s financial statements before the performance.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
170
Q

Which regulation governs the form and content of financial statement disclosures?

  • Regulation S-X.
  • Sarbanes Oxley.
  • Regulation S-K.
  • Regulation S-Q.
A

Regulation S-X.Regulation S-X governs the form and content of financial statements and financial statement disclosures.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
171
Q

Mill Construction Co. uses the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. During 2005, Mill contracts to build an apartment complex for Drew for $20mn. Mill estimates that total costs would amount to $16mn over the period of construction.In connection with this contract, Mill incurs $2mn of construction costs during 2005. Mill bills and collects $3mn from Drew in 2005.What amount should Mill recognize as gross profit for 2005?

  • $250,000
  • $375,000
  • $500,000
  • $600,000
A

$500,000The project is 12.5% complete at the end of 2005 ($2mn/$16mn). Total gross profit through the end of 2005 is therefore $500,000 [= .125($20mn - $16mn)].The $500,000 amount is the proportion of completion applied to the total contract profit of $4mn. 2005 is the first year of construction; therefore no gross profit from previous years is subtracted. The entire $500,000 gross profit is recognized in 2005.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
172
Q

In the determination of fair value for GAAP purposes, which one of the following is not a valuation technique or approach specified in ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurement”?

  • Income approach.
  • Cost approach.
  • Expense approach.
  • Market approach.
A

Expense approach.The expense approach is not one of the approaches for the determination of fair value specified in ASC 820; it is an irrelevant distracter in this question.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
173
Q
The following data pertain to Ruhl Corp.'s operations for the year ended December 31, 2005:	Operating income $800,000	Interest expense $100,000	Income before income tax $700,000	Income tax expense $210,000	Net income $490,000
The times interest earned ratio is	
* 8.0 to 1.	
* 7.0 to 1.	
* 5.6 to 1.	
* 4.9 to 1.
A

8.0 to 1The times interest earned ratio is: (income before interest expense and income tax/interest expense).For Ruhl, this ratio is: $800,000/$100,000 = 8. This means that the firm has earnings that would support interest eight times the current level. In other words, the firm could pay its current level of interest eight times.If interest expense were $800,000, net income would be zero and no tax would be due. $800,000 of interest could be paid from resources earned in the current period.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
174
Q

Current Ratio

A

Current Assets / Current LiabilitiesPositive WC is a ratio > 1

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
175
Q

Baker Co. has a franchise restaurant business. On January 15 of the current year, Baker charged an investor a fran­chise fee of $65,000 for the right to operate as a franchisee of one of Baker’s restaurants. A cash payment of $25,000 towards the fee was required to be paid to Baker during the current year. Four subsequent annual payments of $10,000 with a present value of $34,000 at the current market interest rate represent the balance of the fee which is expected to be collected in full. The initial cash payment is nonrefundable and no future services are required by Baker. What amount should Baker report as franchise revenue during the current year?

  • $0
  • $25,000
  • $59,000
  • $65,000
A

$59,000Revenue on a franchise agreement should be recognized when the franchisor has substantially performed all material services and conditions, and collectibility is reasonably assured. Baker should recognize $59,000 in revenue: the initial cash payment ($25,000) plus the present value of the future cash payments ($34,000).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
176
Q

A company owns a financial asset that is actively traded on two different exchanges (market A and market B). There is no principal market for the financial asset. The information on the two exchanges is as followsQuoted price of asset,Transaction costsMarket A $1,000, TC =$75Market B $1,050, TC = $150What is the fair value of the financial asset?

  • $900
  • $925
  • $1,000
  • $1,050
A

$1,000The fair value of the financial asset is $1,000, the quoted price in the most advantageous market, but without adjusting that price for transaction costs. Since there is no principal market for the financial asset, the most advantageous market must be used to determine fair value. The most advantageous market is the market that maximizes the amount that would be received to sell the asset (or minimizes the amount that would be paid to transfer a liability), after taking into account transaction costs and transportation costs. Thus, the most advantageous market is Market A, determined as:Market A,Market BQuoted price of asset $1,000, $1,050Transaction cost ($75), ($150)Net Proceeds $925, $900Even though transaction costs are considered in determining the most advantageous market, the price in the most advantageous (or principal) market used to measure the fair value of the asset (or liability) is not adjusted for transaction costs [ASC 820-10-35-9B]. Therefore, the quoted price of the asset in the most advantage market, unadjusted for the transaction costs, is fair value.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
177
Q

In 2000, Chain, Inc. purchased a $1,000,000 life insurance policy on its president, of which Chain is the beneficiary. Information regarding the policy for the year ended December 31, 2005, follows: Cash surrender value, 1/1/05$87,000 Cash surrender value, 12/31/05 $108,000 Annual advance premium paid 1/1/05 $40,000
During 2005, dividends of $6,000 were applied to increase the cash surrender value of the policy. What amount should Chain report as life insurance expense for 2005?
* $40,000
* $25,000
* $19,000
* $13,000

A

$19,000In computing life insurance expense, the increase in cash surrender value is subtracted from the annual premium because the net cost to the firm is the premium less the increase in that investment. The investment is property of the insured firm.The cash surrender value (an investment account) increased $21,000 during 2005 ($108,000-$87,000). This increase is treated as a direct reduction in the current year’s insurance premium. Therefore, insurance expense is $19,000 ($40,000-$21,000) for 2005.What makes this question difficult is realizing that the dividends are not treated as a separate revenue; rather, they are treated as an offset against insurance expense. The reason is that the dividends are directly related to the policy. The investment aspect of whole life insurance is an integral part of the life insurance policy.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
178
Q

During the period when an enterprise is under the direction of a particular management, its financial statements will directly provide information about:

  • Both enterprise performance and management performance.
  • Management performance but does not directly provide information about enterprise performance.
  • Enterprise performance but not directly provide information about management performance.
  • Neither enterprise performance nor management performance.
A

Enterprise performance but not directly provide information about management performance.The financial statements provide a wealth of information about the performance and financial position of the enterprise, but they do not directly allow an evaluation of management. There are too many factors that affect the firm’s performance to be able to single out management’s contribution (or lack of it). Many factors interact to determine the performance of the enterprise, one of them being management’s performance. Also, for example, current enterprise performance is affected by the past actions of managers that may no longer be with the enterprise.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
179
Q

Compared to its 2004 cash-basis net income, Potoma Co.’s 2004 accrual-basis net income increased when it:

  • Declared a cash dividend in 2003 that it paid in 2004.
  • Wrote off more accounts receivable balances than it reported as uncollectible accounts expense in 2004.
  • Had lower accrued expenses on December 31, 2004, than on January 1, 2004.
  • Sold used equipment for cash at a gain in 2004.
A

Had lower accrued expenses on December 31, 2004, than on January 1, 2004.If the accrued expenses account (a current liability, often called accrued expenses payable) decreased during 2004, then a greater amount of cash was paid for those expenses in 2004 than were accrued in 2004. This would cause cash-basis net income to be less than accrual-basis net income. Cash-basis net income reflects expenses paid; accrual-basis net income reflects expenses recognized (accrued).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
180
Q

What effect would the sale of a company’s trading securities at their carrying amounts for cash have on each of the following ratios? Current ratio Quick ratio

A

No Effect on Both.The current ratio equals current assets divided by current liabilities. The quick ratio equals quick assets divided by current liabilities. Quick assets include cash, cash equivalents, trading securities, accounts receivable and other current assets readily convertible to cash. Quick assets exclude inventories and prepaids.Trading securities are included in both current assets and quick assets because they are, by definition, immediately marketable. The sale of trading securities at book value has no effect on current assets or quick assets because the cash received equals the reduction in the trading securities account. Thus, neither ratio is affected by such a sale.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
181
Q

The following information pertains to a sale of real estate by Ryan Co. to Sud Co. on December 31, year 1: Carrying amount$2,000,000
Sales price: Cash $300,000 Purchase money mortgage2,700,000 SP = $3,000,000
The mortgage is payable in nine annual installments of $300,000 beginning December 31, year 2, plus interest of 10%. The December 31, year 2 installment was paid as scheduled, together with interest of $270,000. Ryan uses the cost recovery method to account for the sale. What amount of income should Ryan recognize in year 2 from the real estate sale and its financing?
* $570,000
* $370,000
* $270,000
* $0

A

$0Under the cost recovery method no profit of any type is recognized until the cumulative receipts (principal and interest) exceed the cost of the asset sold. This means that the entire gross profit ($3,000,000 – $2,000,000 = $1,000,000) and the year 2 interest received ($270,000) will be deferred until cash collections exceed $2,000,000. Therefore, no income is recognized in year 2.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
182
Q

Which of the following is an example of the expense recognition principle of associating cause and effect?

  • Allocation of insurance cost.
  • Sales commissions.
  • Depreciation of fixed assets.
  • Officers’ salaries.
A

Sales commissions.Sales commissions are recognized as an expense on the basis of a presumed direct association with the related sales revenue (SFAC 5).Under accrual accounting, expenses are recognized as related revenues are recognized, that is, (product) expenses are matched with revenues. Some (period) expenses, however, cannot be associated with particular revenues. These expenses are recognized as incurred.

  • Product costs are those which can be associated with particular sales (e.g., cost of sales). Product costs attach to a unit of product and become an expense only when the unit to which they attach is sold. This is known as associating “cause and effect.” Period costs are not particularly or conveniently assignable to a product. They become expenses due to the passage of time by
  • Immediate recognition if the future benefit cannot be measured (e.g., advertising)
  • Systematic and rational allocation if benefits are produced in certain future periods (e.g., asset depreciation)
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
183
Q

Under Statement of Financial Accounting Concepts 8, completeness is an ingredient of Relevance Faithful representation

A

Faithful representation - ONLYInformationis representationally faithfulif it is reasonably free from error and bias, andcomplete.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
184
Q

On December 30, Devlin Co. sold goods to Jensen Co. for $10,000, under an arrangement in which (1) Jensen has an unlimited right of return and (2) Jensen’s obligation to pay Devlin is contingent upon Jensen’s reselling the goods. Past experience has shown that Jensen ordinarily resells 60% of goods and returns the other 40%. What amount should Devlin include in sales revenue for this transaction on its December 31 income statement?

  • $10,000
  • $6,000
  • $4,000
  • $0
A

$0When the right of return exists, a seller may only recognize revenue when the buyer is obligated to pay the seller, and the obligation is not contingent on the resale of the product. Because Jensen’s obligation to repay is contingent upon Jensen reselling the goods, Jensen cannot recognize revenue in its December 31 income statement.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
185
Q

A company is required to file quarterly financial statements with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 10-Q. The company operates in an industry that is not subject to seasonal fluctuations, which could have a significant impact on its financial condition. In addition to the most recent quarter end, for which of the following periods is the company required to present Balance Sheets on Form 10-Q?

  • The end of the corresponding fiscal quarter of the preceding fiscal year.
  • The end of the preceding fiscal year and the end of the corresponding fiscal quarter of the preceding fiscal year.
  • The end of preceding fiscal year.
  • The end of the preceding fiscal year and the end of the prior two fiscal years.
A

The end of preceding fiscal year.The Balance Sheet for the end of the preceding fiscal year would have been the last audited Balance Sheet. This Balance Sheet is presented along with the current fiscal quarter.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
186
Q

Compared to the accrual basis of accounting, the cash basis of accounting overstates income by the net increase during the accounting period of the Accounts receivable
Accrued expenses payable

A

NO and YES.An increase in accounts receivable reflects recognized but uncollected sales. The accrual method recognizes these sales as earnings, causing income to exceed cash-basis income for such sales. Thus cash-basis income is understated relative to accrual-basis accounting. The opposite is true for an increase in accrued expenses. The increase in the liability reflects recognized but unpaid expenses. The accrual method recognizes these expenses in earnings, causing income to decrease relative to cash-basis income. Thus, cash-basis income is overstated, relative to accrual-basis accounting.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
187
Q

On January 2, 2004, Beal, Inc. acquired a $70,000 whole-life insurance policy on its president. The annual premium is $2,000. The company is the owner and beneficiary.Beal charged officer’s life insurance expense as follows: 2004 $2,000 2005 $1,800 2006 $1,500 2007 $1,100 Total $6,400
In Beal’s December 31, 2007 Balance Sheet, the investment in cash surrender value should be:
* $0
* $1,600
* $6,400
* $8,000

A

$1,600The $1,600 ending cash surrender value is the difference between the total premiums paid ($8,000 = 4 x $2,000) and the total amount charged to insurance expense ($6,400). An increasing portion of the premiums on life insurance are allocated to the investment feature of life insurance each year.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
188
Q

Times Interest Earned Ratio

A

(Net Income + Interest Expense + Income Tax Expense) / Interest Expensemeasures ability of current earnings to cover interests costs for the period.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
189
Q

The FASB has maintained that:

  • The interests of the reporting firms will be a primary consideration when developing new GAAP.
  • GAAP should have little or no cost of compliance.
  • New GAAP should be neutral and not favor any particular reporting objective.
  • GAAP should result in the most conservative possible financial statements.
A

New GAAP should be neutral and not favor any particular reporting objective.One of the objectives of the FASB in setting standards is to develop rules that are unbiased. FASB statements generally do not reflect any reporting bias.For example, the requirement to expense all research and development costs is uniform across all firms and does not favor one firm over another.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
190
Q

Kelly Corp. barters with Ace Corporation for goods that are similar in nature and value. The value of the goods was $1,000. The cost of the goods was $400. If Kelly uses IFRS to prepare financial statements, what amount should Kelly recognize as income?

  • $1,000.
  • $0.
  • $400.
  • $600.
A

$0If the goods are similar in nature and value, then no income or expense is recognized.Barter transactions are not recognized if the exchanged goods are similar in nature and value. If the goods are dissimilar, revenue is recognized at fair value of the goods received. If the fair value of the goods received cannot be measured, revenue is recognized at the fair value of goods or services given up.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
191
Q

According to the conceptual framework, the quality of information that helps users increase the likelihood of correctly forecasting the outcome of past or present events is called:

  • Confirmatory value.
  • Predictive Value.
  • Representational faithfulness.
  • Faithful representation.
A

Predictive Value.Predictive value is the ingredient that helps users increase the likelihood of forecasting the outcome of events. Financial statement information is useful if it helps users make decisions about investing and extending credit. These decisions involve predictions of a firm’s future financial performance, position, and cash flows.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
192
Q

Giaconda, Inc. acquires an asset for which it will measure the fair value by discounting future cash flows of the asset. Which of the following terms best describes this fair value measurement approach?

  • Market.
  • Income.
  • Cost.
  • Observable inputs.
A

Income.The income approach to fair value measurement of an asset measures fair value by converting future amounts to a single present amount. Discounting future cash flows would be an income approach to determining fair value.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
193
Q

A patent, purchased in year 1 and being amortized over a 10-year life, was determined to be worthless in year 5. The write-off of the asset in year 5 is an example of which of the following principles?

  • Associating cause and effect.
  • Immediate recognition.
  • Systematic and rational allocation.
  • Objectivity.
A

Immediate recognition.Per SFAC 5, the principle of immediate recognition requires that items carried as assets in prior periods that are discovered to be impaired in value be charged to expense (e.g., a patent that is determined to be worthless).Losses =When future economic benefits are reduced or eliminatedWhen economic benefits are consumed during a period, the expense may be recognized by matching (such as cost of goods sold), immediate recognition (such as selling and administrative salaries), or systematic and rational allocation (such as depreciation).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
194
Q

Bucca Warehousing Corporation bought a building at auction on June 30, Year 1, for $1,000,000. On July 2, Year 1, before occupying the building, Bucca sold it to a triple-A rated company for $1,200,000. Bucca received a cash down payment of $300,000 and a first mortgage note at the market rate of interest for the balance. No additional payments were required until Year 2. On September 1, Year 1, an independent appraiser valued the property at $1,500,000. On its Year 1 income tax return, Bucca reported the sale on the installment basis. How much gain should Bucca recognize in its income statement for the year ended December 31, Year 1?

  • $0
  • $50,000
  • $200,000
  • $300,000
A

$200,000The installment method of recognizing revenue is not acceptable for financial reporting purposes unless the circumstances are such that the collection of the sales price is not reasonably assured. Since the property was sold to a triple-A rated company and the value of the property is appreciating, collection can be assumed to be reasonably assured. Therefore, the entire gain should be recognized for financial reporting purposes at the date of sale:Sales price – Cost of building = Gain recognized$1,200,000 – $1,000,000 = $200,000

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
195
Q

According to the FASB Conceptual Framework, which of the following situations violates the concept of faithful representation?

  • Financial statements were issued 9 months late.
  • Report data on segments having the same expected risks and growth rates to analysts estimating future profits.
  • Financial statements included property with a carrying amount increased to management’s estimate of market value.
  • Management reports to stockholders regularly refer to new projects undertaken, but the financial statements never report project results.
A

Financial statements included property with a carrying amount increased to management’s estimate of market value.Faithful representation is that the information depicts what it purports to represent. It has three subcomponents: completeness, neutrality, and free from error.Neutrality means that information should not be prepared or reported in such a way as to obtain a predetermined result. Also, the information should be free from bias.This answer is correct because management’s estimate violates the characteristics of neutrality and verifiability. Property should be valued at its carrying amount on the financial statements, not management’s estimates of market value. Completeness requires that information is presented or depicted in such a way that users can understand the item being depicted free from error is that no errors or omissions in the information are reported.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
196
Q

When would a company use the installment sales method of revenue recognition?

  • When collectability of installment accounts receivable is reasonably predictable.
  • When repossessions of merchandise sold on the installment plan may result in a future gain or loss.
  • When installment sales are material, and there is no reasonable basis for estimating collectability.
  • When collection expenses and bad debts on installment accounts receivable are deemed to be immaterial.
A

When installment sales are material, and there is no reasonable basis for estimating collectability.The installment sales method of revenue recognition is used when sales are material, and the collection of the sales price is not reasonably assured.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
197
Q

A retail store received cash and issued gift certificates that are redeemable in merchandise. The gift certificates lapse 1 year after they are issued. How would the deferred revenue account be affected by each of the following transactions? Redemption of certificates Lapse of certificates

A

Redemption of certificates - DECREASE Lapse of certificates - DECREASE
This answer is correct. At the time the gift certificates were issued, the following entry was made: Cashxx Deferred revenuexx
Upon redemption of the certificates, the obligation becomes satisfied and the revenue is earned. Similarly, as the certificates expire, the store is no longer under any obligation to honor the certificates and the deferred revenue should be taken into income. In both instances, the deferred revenue account must be reduced (debited) to reflect the earning of revenue. This is done through the following entry: Deferred revenuexx Revenuexx

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
198
Q

Even though the SEC delegates the creation of accounting standards to the private sector, the SEC frequently comments on accounting and auditing issues. The main pronouncements published by the SEC are:

  • Federal Reporting Updates (FRU).
  • Financial Reporting Releases (FRR).
  • Staff Auditing Bulletins (SAB).
  • Accounting Principles Opinions (APO).
A

Financial Reporting Releases (FRR).The main pronouncements published by the SEC are the Financial Reporting Releases (FRR) and the Staff Accounting Bulletins (SAB).Another pronouncement type is Accounting and Auditing Enforcement Releases (AAER).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
199
Q

In which one of the following circumstances is the entry price to acquire an asset least likely to represent fair value of the asset?

  • An investment security is acquired for cash through a public market.
  • A machine is acquired from a wholesaler by giving an interest-bearing note.
  • A significant amount of raw material inventory is acquired for cash from a bankrupt supplier.
  • Land and a building are acquired in the open market by giving a mortgage to a lender.
A

A significant amount of raw material inventory is acquired for cash from a bankrupt supplier.Since the raw material inventory was acquired from a supplier in bankruptcy, it is likely that the transaction occurred when the seller was under duress. Therefore, it is likely that the price paid (an entry price) does not represent fair value - an exit price at which the inventory could be sold by a seller not under financial duress.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
200
Q

A contractor recognizes $42,000 of gross profit on a contract at the end of year one of the contract under the percentage-of-completion method. At the end of year two, the gross profit to be recognized for both years together is $34,000. The total anticipated gross profit on the project estimated at the end of year two is $78,000. What amount of gross profit is to be recognized for year two alone?

  • $78,000
  • $34,000
  • $8,000
  • $0
A

$8,000This is an example of a single-period loss on a profitable contract. The loss for year two is computed as: $34,000 gross profit through year two - $42,000 gross profit year one = - $8,000 single-period loss. The loss “reverses” $8,000 of the $42,000 gross profit recognized in year one.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
201
Q

According to the IASB Framework, which of the following is an essential characteristic of an asset?

  • The claims to an asset’s benefits are legally enforceable.
  • An asset is tangible.
  • An asset is obtained at a cost.
  • An asset provides future benefits.
A

An asset provides future benefits.According to the IASB’s Framework, an asset is defined as “a resource controlled by the entity as a result of past events and from which future economic benefits are expected to flow to the entity.” IASB Framework, para. 49.

202
Q

Days in Inventory

A

365 / Inventory Turnover = average number of days inventory is sold or used

203
Q

Star Co. leases a building for its product showroom. The 10-year non-renewable lease will expire on December 31, 2007. In January 2002, Star redecorated its showroom and made leasehold improvements of $48,000. The estimated useful life of the improvements is 8 years. Star uses the straight-line method of amortization.What amount of leasehold improvements, net of amortization, should Star report in its June 30, 2002, Balance Sheet?

  • $45,600
  • $45,000
  • $44,000
  • $43,000
A

$44,000Six years remained in the lease term at the point the leasehold improvements were made. Thus, they should be amortized over six years, rather than over their eight-year useful life.Leasehold improvements revert to the lessor at the end of the lease term. As of June 30, 2002, the leasehold improvements have been used only 1/2 year. Thus, the net balance in leasehold improvements is $44,000 [$48,000-($48,000/6)(1/2)].

204
Q

Lind Corp. was a development-stage enterprise from its inception on October 10, 2003 to December 31, 2004. The following were among Lind’s expenditures for this period: Leasehold improvements, equipment, and furniture$1,200,000 Research and development $850,000 Laboratory operations $175,000 General and administrative $275,000
The year ended December 31, 2005 was the first year in which Lind was an established operating enterprise. For the period ended December 31, 2004, what total amount of expenditures should Lind have capitalized?
* $2,500,000
* $2,225,000
* $2,050,000
* $1,200,000

A

$1,200,000Development stage enterprises capitalize the same costs as established on-going enterprises. Thus, only the leasehold improvements, equipment, and furniture ($1,200,000) would have been capitalized.Research and development is expensed as incurred, as are most general and administrative costs. There is no information in the question to justify capitalizing the laboratory operations cost.

205
Q

Which one of the following can be measured at fair value at the option of the reporting entity?

  • A liability under a lease contract.
  • An investment classified as held-for-trading.
  • An investment classified as held-to-maturity.
  • A liability under a pension plan.
A

An investment classified as held-to-maturity.An entity may elect to measure and report an investment classified as held-to-maturity at fair value. Traditionally, investments classified as held-to-maturity would be measured and reported at amortized cost, but the provisions of the fair value option permit such investments to be measured and reported at fair value at the option of the reporting entity. - could be either FV or AC

206
Q

On October 1, year 1, Price Corp., a real estate developer, sold land to Greene Co. for $5,000,000. Greene paid $600,000 cash and signed a 10-year $4,400,000 note bearing interest at 12%. The carrying amount of the land was $4,000,000 on date of sale. The note was payable in forty quarterly principal installments of $110,000 beginning January 2, year 1. Price appropriately accounts for the sale under the cost recovery method. On January 2, year 2, Greene paid the first principal installment of $110,000 and interest of $132,000. For the year ended December 31, year 1, what total amount of income should Price recognize from the land sale and financing?

  • $0
  • $120,000
  • $132,000
  • $252,000
A

$0Under the cost recovery method no profit of any type is recognized until the cumulative receipts exceed the cost of the asset sold. This means that the entire gross profit ($5,000,000 – $4,000,000 = $1,000,000) and the year 1 interest revenue ($132,000) will be deferred until cash collections exceed $4,000,000. Therefore, no income is recognized in year 1.

207
Q

Which of the following statements concerning the determination of fair value is/are correct? I.The determination of fair value is based on a hypothetical transaction. II.The determination of fair value is based on an exit price. III.The determination of fair value of a nonfinancial asset should be based on the intended use of the asset by the reporting entity.

  • I only.
  • II only.
  • I and II only.
  • II and III only.
A

I and II only.Both Statements I and II are correct. The determination of fair value is based on a hypothetical transaction and on the use of a (hypothetical) exit price. Statement III is not correct. The determination of fair value of a nonfinancial asset should be based on the highest and best use of the asset by market participants, not based on the intended use by the reporting entity.

208
Q

The following computations were made from Clay Co.’s 2005 books: Number of days’ sales in inventory 61 Number of days’ sales in trade accounts receivable 33
What was the number of days in Clay’s 2005 operating cycle?
* 33
* 47
* 61
* 94

A

94The operating cycle is the total period of time from the purchase of inventory, to sale, and then finally to the collection of cash from receivables.The operating cycle thus can be approximated by the sum of the number of days’ sales in inventory, which is the average number of days before an item of inventory is sold, plus the number of days’ sales in receivables, which is the average number of days to collect a receivable. This sum is 94 (61 + 33) days.

209
Q

On January 3, year 1, Paterson Services, Inc. signed an agreement authorizing Cobb Company to operate as a franchisee over a 20-year period for an initial franchise fee of $50,000 received when the agreement was signed. Cobb commenced operations on July 1, year 1, at which date all of the initial services required of Paterson had been performed. The agreement also provides that Cobb must pay a continuing franchise fee equal to 5% of the revenue from the franchise annually to Paterson. Cobb’s franchise revenue for year 1 was $400,000. For the year ended December 31, year 1, how much should Paterson record as revenue from franchise fees in respect of the Cobb franchise?

  • $70,000
  • $50,000
  • $45,000
  • $22,500
A

$70,000Initial franchise fees are recognized as revenue when all of the initial services required of the franchisor have been substantially performed. Continuing franchise fees are reported as revenue as the fees are earned and become receivable. In this case, since all the initial services were performed by 7/1/Y1, the initial fee ($50,000) is recognized as revenue in year 1. Also, continuing fees of $20,000 (5% × $400,000) should be recognized. Therefore, the total franchise fee revenue to be recognized in year 1 is $70,000 ($50,000 + $20,000).

210
Q

The IFRS Foundation serves as the administrative umbrella for a group of bodies. Which of the following bodies are NOT included under the IFRS Foundation umbrella?

  • International Federation of Accountants (IFAC).
  • International Accounting Standards Board.
  • IFRS Interpretations Committee.
  • IFRS Advisory Council.
A

International Federation of Accountants (IFAC).The International Federation of Accountants (IFAC) is a global organization for the accounting profession. Its members are accounting and auditing organizations throughout the world. It is an independent organization not under the IFRS Foundation umbrella, but it does support the activities of the IFRS Foundation by encouraging high-quality practices by the world’s accountants and auditors.

211
Q

Falton Co. has the following first-year amounts related to its $9mn construction contract: Actual costs incurred and paid $2mn Estimated costs to complete $6mn Progress billings $1.8mn Cash collected $1.5mn
What amount should Falton recognize as a current liability at year end, using the percentage-of-completion method?
* $0
* $200,000
* $250,000
* $300,000

A

$0The percentage of completion is ($2mn)/($2mn + $6mn) = 25%. This is the ratio of cost incurred to date, divided by the total project cost, which is the sum of cost to date and estimated remaining costs. Gross profit recognized is therefore .25($9mn - $2mn - $6mn) = $250,000. The contract price is $1mn more than the total estimated project cost. At 25% complete, the firm recognizes $250,000 of gross profit. The construction-in-progress balance is therefore $2mn + $250,000 = $2.25mn, the sum of cost to date, plus gross profit to date. With billings only $1.8mn so far, the firm reports a net asset equal to the difference between $2.25mn, the balance in construction in progress, and $1.8mn of billings. Billings are contra to construction in progress for reporting. This $450,000 difference is labeled “cost and profit in excess of billings on long-term contracts” in the balance sheet.No current liability is reported, because the asset balance (construction in progress) exceeds billings.

212
Q

James Lee, M.D., keeps his accounting records on a cash basis. During year 2, Dr. Lee collected $100,000 in fees from his patients. At December 31, year 1, Dr. Lee had accounts receivable of $20,000. At December 31, year 2, Dr. Lee had accounts receivable of $30,000, and unearned fees of $1,000. On an accrual basis, how much was Dr. Lee’s patient service revenue for year 2?

  • $111,000
  • $109,000
  • $ 90,000
  • $ 89,000
A

$109,000

213
Q

Which of the following characteristics of accounting information primarily allows users of financial statements to generate predictions about an organization?

  • Reliability.
  • Timeliness.
  • Neutrality.
  • Relevance.
A

Relevance.The question is asking which of the following terms captures predictive value. Predictive value along with confirmatory value is a component of relevance. Predictive Value Confirmatory Value Materiality

214
Q

Which of the following is an appropriate cost approach for determining fair value measurements?

  • Using relevant information from recent transactions.
  • Using present value techniques to discount cash flows.
  • Using the current replacement cost of the asset.
  • Using the undiscounted cash flows from the asset.
A

Using the current replacement cost of the asset.Current replacement cost adjusted for obsolescence can be used for determining fair value measurements under the cost approach. Relevant information = market approach
discounted cash flows = income approach

215
Q

Acid or Quick Ratio

A

(Cash + Accounts Receivable + Marketable Securities) / Current LiabiliitesDoes NOT include inventory in current assetsAlways less than the Current Ratio as inventory is excluded for this ratio.

216
Q

According to thePrivate Company Decision-Making Framework, which of the following five items are to be used as a guide to determine if there should be differential guidance between public and private companies.

  • Historical cost; disclosures; matching; effective date; and transition method.
  • Recognition and measurement; disclosures; display; balance sheet and income statement; and transition method.
  • Recognition and measurement; disclosures; display; effective date; and transition method.
  • Historical cost; disclosures; display; effective date; and transition method.
A

Recognition and measurement; disclosures; display; effective date; and transition method.The five items to be used as a guide to determine if there should be differential guidance between public and private companies are:
Recognition and measurement—considerations include current guidance relevance, more practical expedients, needs of users, access to management, industry-specific guidance, and cost effectiveness;
Disclosures—considerations include current guidance relevance , management access, cost effectiveness, and the need for additional disclosures;
Display—considerations include current guidance relevance;
Effective date—generally, the effective date is one year after the first annual reporting date for which public companies are required to adopt standards ; and
Transition method—considerations include the retrospective method, the modified retrospective method, practical expedients; and cost effectiveness.

217
Q

An increase in the cash-surrender value of a life insurance policy owned by a company would be recorded by:

  • Decreasing annual insurance expense.
  • Increasing investment income.
  • Recording a memorandum entry only.
  • Decreasing a deferred charge.
A

Decreasing annual insurance expense.A portion of the premium is allocated to the cash surrender value, which is an asset to the insured firm. Thus, the insurance expense is reduced by the amount of the premium so allocated.For example, if the annual premium is $4,000, and the increase in cash surrender value is $800 for the year, insurance expense is $3,200 for the year.

218
Q

On October 31, year 1, a company with a calendar year end paid $90,000 for services that will be performed evenly over a six-month period from November 1, year 1, through April 30, year 2. The company expensed the $90,000 cash payment in October, year 1, to its services expense general ledger account. The company did not record any additional journal entries in year 1 related to the payment. What is the adjusting journal entry that the company should record to properly report the prepayment in its year 1 financial statements?

  • Debit prepaid services and credit services expense for $30,000.
  • Debit prepaid services and credit services expense for $60,000.
  • Debit services expense and credit prepaid services for $30,000.
  • Debit services expense and credit prepaid services for $60,000.
A

Debit prepaid services and credit services expense for $60,000.This question is testing your knowledge of what portion of a cash outlay should be recognized as an asset and what portion should be recognized as an expense. The entire cost of the service is $90,000 for 6 months; therefore, the monthly cost is $15,000 a month. On October 31, the company expensed the entire $90,000, but will receive future benefit over 4 months in the next year. The adjusting entry would be to reduce service expense for $60,000 (4 x $15,000) and increase prepaid services for $60,000.

219
Q

The calculation of the income recognized in the third year of a five-year construction contract accounted for using the percentage of completion method includes the ratio of

  • Costs incurred in year three to total billings.
  • Costs incurred in year three to total estimated costs.
  • Total costs incurred to date to total billings.
  • Total costs incurred to date to total estimated costs.
A

Total costs incurred to date to total estimated costs.The proportion of completion at the end of any year for a construction contract is the amount of work done, divided by the total amount of work required for the contract. Typically, cost is the measure of “work done.” At the end of year three, the numerator is the cost incurred for all three years. The denominator is the total estimated cost of the project, which is the sum of the cost incurred for all three years so far, plus estimated costs to complete as of the end of year three.
The percentage of completion changes each year, because both the numerator and denominator change. The gross profit to be reported for year three is the profit for all three years (using the proportion of completion just computed), less the profit already reported in the first two years.

220
Q

During 2005, Rand Co. purchased $960,000 of inventory. The cost of goods sold for 2005 was $900,000, and the ending inventory on December 31, 2005 was $180,000.What was the inventory turnover for 2005?

  • 6.4
  • 6.0
  • 5.3
  • 5.0
A

6.0Inventory turnover = cost of goods sold/average inventory.Average inventory is the sum of beginning inventory and ending inventory divided by 2.To find beginning inventory and average inventory, the basic inventory equation is used:Beginning inventory+Purchases=Ending inventory+Cost of goods soldBeginning inventory+$960,000=$180,000 +$900,000Beginning inventory=$120,000Average inventory = ($180,000 + $120,000)/2 = $150,000Inventory turnover = cost of goods sold/average inventory= $900,000/$150,000 = 6

221
Q

Which of the following is an accrued liability?

  • Cash dividends payable.
  • Wages payable.
  • Rent revenue collected 1 month in advance.
  • Portion of long-term debt payable in current year.
A

Wages payable.An accrued liability results from recording an expense that has been incurred but not paid. Wages payable is an example of an expense incurred but not paid.Accrual—accrual-basis recognition precedes (leads to) cash receipt/expenditure
* Revenue—recognition of revenue earned, but not received
* Expense—recognition of expense incurred, but not paid
Deferral—cash receipt/expenditure precedes (leads to) accrual-basis recognition
* Revenue—postponement of recognition of revenue; cash is received, but revenue is not earned
* Expense—postponement of recognition of expense; cash is paid, but expense is not incurred
*

222
Q

Savor Co. had $100,000 in cash-basis pretax income for year 2. At December 31, year 2, accounts receivable had in­creased by $10,000 and accounts payable had decreased by $6,000 from their December 31, year 2 balances. Compared to the accrual basis method of accounting, Savor’s cash pretax income is

  • Higher by $4,000
  • Lower by $4,000
  • Higher by $16,000
  • Lower by $16,000
A

Lower by $16,000This answer is correct. This question requires the calculation of accrual-based income, as shown below. Cash-basis pre-tax income $100,000 Increase in accounts receivable + $10,000 Decrease in accounts payable + $6,000 Accrual-basis income $116,000
This cash pretax income is $16,000 ($116,000 – $100,000) lower than the accrual-basis income.

223
Q

The information provided by financial reporting pertains to

  • Individual business enterprises, rather than to industries or an economy as a whole or to members of society as consumers.
  • Individual business enterprises and industries, rather than to an economy as a whole or to members of society as consumers.
  • Individual business enterprises and an economy as a whole, rather than to industries or to members of society as consumers.
  • Individual business enterprises, industries, and an economy as a whole, rather than to members of society as consumers.
A

Individual business enterprises, rather than to industries or an economy as a whole or to members of society as consumers.SFAC 8 states that information provided by financial reporting pertains to individual business enterprises rather than to industries or an economy as a whole or to members of society as consumers.

224
Q

On January 1, year 1, Peabody Co. purchased an investment for $400,000 that represented 30% of Newman Corp.’s outstanding voting stock. For year 1, Newman reported net income of $60,000 and paid dividends of $20,000. At year end, the fair value of Peabody’s investment in Newman was $410,000. Peabody elected the fair value option for this investment. What amount should Peabody recognize in net income for year 1 attributable to the investment?

  • $6,000
  • $10,000
  • $16,000
  • $18,000
A

$16,000Since Peabody has elected to report the investment in Newman using the fair value option, it should recognize its share of cash dividends received during the period (.30 x $20,000 = $6,000) and the increase in the fair value of the investment ($400,000 > $410,000 = $10,000), or $6,000 + $10,000 = $16,000.

225
Q

An entity purchases a trademark and incurs the following costs in connection with the trademark: One-time trademark purchase price $100,000 Nonrefundable VAT taxes $5,000 Training sales personnel on the use of the new trademark $7,000 Research expenditures associated with the purchase of the new trademark $24,000 Legal costs incurred to register the trademark $10,500 Salaries of the administrative personnel12,000
Applying IFRS and assuming that the trademark meets all the applicable initial asset-recognition criteria, the entity should recognize an asset in the amount of:
* $100,000
* $115,500
* $146,500
* $158,500

A

$115,500The capitalizable costs for an intangible asset under IFRS 38 are essentially the same as U.S. GAAP. The cost of the asset is the cash paid to acquire the asset, including the cost to obtain legal title and control of the asset. This cost will include the purchase price ($100,000), the taxes ($5,000), and the legal costs to register the asset ($10,500).The training of the sales personnel ($7,000) or the administrative personnel ($12,000) is not a cost of the asset. The research associated with the purchase of the asset ($24,000) may sound like a cost that can be capitalized-but this cost is for the purchase transaction-not the research of the asset itself. The trademark is already developed when we acquired it-we did not do any research related to the development of the asset.

226
Q

For which one of the following described assets does the guidance for determining fair value as provided in ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurement,” not apply?

  • Accounts receivable.
  • Investments in debt securities to be held-to-maturity.
  • Investments in equity securities held for trading.
  • Inventory reported at lower of cost or market.
A

Inventory reported at lower of cost or market.Inventory valuation under lower of cost or market is specifically exempt from the fair value measurement guidance provided by ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurement.” The use of lower of cost or market valuation places upper (“ceiling”) and lower (“floor”) limits on the measurement of “market” that may not result in a true fair value measurement. Thus, the measurement of inventory at “market” is one of the few exceptions to the use of ASC 820 guidance for fair value measurement.

227
Q

Assuming constant inventory quantities, which of the following inventory-costing methods will produce a lower inventory turnover ratio in an inflationary economy?

  • FIFO (first in, first out).
  • LIFO (last in, first out).
  • Moving average.
  • Weighted average.
A

FIFO (first in, first out).Inventory turnover ratio is Cost of Goods Sold/Average Inventory. Therefore, to produce the lowest inventory turnover ratio, we need the highest value of ending inventory. The method that produces the highest value of ending inventory in an inflationary economy (prices are rising) is FIFO.

228
Q

According to the IASB Framework, the financial statement element that is defined as decreases in economic benefits during the accounting period in the form of outflows or depletions of assets or incurrence of liabilities that result in decreases in equity, other than those relating to distributions to equity participants, is

  • Revenue.
  • Income.
  • Loss.
  • Expense.
A

Expense
Asset - An asset is a resource controlled by the entity as a result of past events and from which future economic benefits are expected to flow to the entity.
Liability - A liability is a present obligation of the entity arising from past events the settlement of which is expected to result in an outflow from the entity of resources embodying economic benefits.
Equityis the residual interest in the assets of the entity after deducting all its liabilities.
Incomeis increases in economic benefits during the accounting period in the form of inflows or enhancements of assets or decreases of liabilities that result in increases in equity, other than those relating to contributions from equity participants.
Expenses are decreases in economic benefits during the accounting period in the form of outflows or depletions of assets or incurrence of liabilities that result in decreases in equity, other than those relating to distributions to equity participants.

229
Q

According to ASC Topic 820, which of the following is an assumption used in fair value measurements of nonfinancial assets?

  • The asset is being held for sale.
  • The asset is in its highest and best use.
  • The asset must be conservatively valued.
  • The asset is currently in use.
A

The asset is in its highest and best use.Fair value measurement also assumes the highest and best use of the asset. Notethat for financial assets and financial liabilities, the highest and best use concept is not relevant since they do not have alternative uses and their fair values do not depend upon their use within a group. Thehighest and best usewill maximize the value of the asset or group of assets. The use of the asset must be physically possible, legally permissible, and financially feasible at the measurement date. The highest and best use of the asset is then used to determine the valuation premise used to measure fair value.

230
Q

Identify which of the following is an assumption(s) underlying the preparation and presentation of financial statements under the IASB Framework. Accrual Basis
Going Concern

A

BOTH.There are two assumptions underlying the preparation and presentation of financial statements: accrual basis and going concern. IASB Framework, para 22-23.US GAAP has 4, and does not specifically reference the accrual method of accounting.

231
Q

Selected data pertaining to Lore Co. for the calendar year 2005 is as follows: Net cash sales$3,000 Cost of goods sold $18,000 Inventory at beginning of year $6,000 Purchases $24,000 Accounts receivable at the beginning of the year $20,000 Accounts receivable at the end of the year $22,000
The accounts receivable turnover for 2005 was 5.0 times. What were Lore’s 2005 net credit sales?

A

$105,000The net cash sales are not involved in the accounts receivable turnover ratio, nor are inventory or purchases. Working backwards from accounts receivable, net credit sales is found as:Accounts receivable turnover = net credit sales/average accounts receivable.5 = net credit sales/[($20,000 + $22,000)/2]5($21,000) = net credit sales = $105,000

232
Q

Which of the following is a deferred cost that should be amortized over the periods estimated to be benefited?

  • Prepayment of 3-year insurance premiums on machinery.
  • Security deposit representing 2-months’ rent on leased office space.
  • Advance from customer to be returned when sale completed.
  • Property tax for this year payable next year.
A

Prepayment of 3-year insurance premiums on machinery.A deferred cost is a cost which has been paid in advance of its use in the business and is, therefore, an asset which will provide future benefits such as the prepayment of insurance premiums.

233
Q

The FASB’s conceptual framework classifies gains and losses based on whether they are related to an entity’s major ongoing or central operations. These gains or losses may be classified as Nonoperating Operating

A

BOTH.Per SFAC 6, gains and losses may be described or classified as “operating” or “nonoperating,” depending on their relation to an entity’s major ongoing or central operations.Gains (losses)are increases (decreases) in equity from peripheral transactions of entity excluding revenues (expenses) and investment by owners (distribution to owners).Characteristics of gains and losses:

  • Result from peripheral transactions and circumstances which may be beyond control
  • May be classified according to sources or as operating and nonoperating
  • Change in equity reported net
234
Q

Under Statement of Financial Accounting Concepts 8, which of the following does notinteract with both relevance andfaithful representationto contribute to the usefulness of information?

  • Comparability.
  • Timeliness.
  • Neutrality.
  • Understandability.
A

Neutrality.Neutrality is a component of faithful representation, but does not interact with relevance.

235
Q

According to theIASB Framework for the Preparation and Presentation of Financial Statements, the qualitative characteristic of relevance includes

  • Timeliness, predictive value, and feedback value.
  • Comparability and consistency.
  • Verifiability, neutrality, and representational faithfulness.
  • Predictive value, confirmatory value, and materiality.
A

Predictive value, confirmatory value, and materiality.Relevance.Information has relevance when it can influence the user’s economic decisions by helping them evaluate past, present, or future events. Relevance has certain attributes such as predictive value and a confirmatory role. (Note the change in vocabulary here: in US GAAP, relevance has predictive value and feedback value.) In addition, IFRS includes materiality under the characteristic of relevance. Relevance is affected by the nature and materiality of the information. Information is considered material if its omission or misstatement could make a difference in a user’s decision.

236
Q

On December 31, year 1, Reed, Inc. authorized Foy to operate as a franchisee for an initial franchise fee of $75,000. Of this amount, $30,000 was received upon signing the agreement and the balance, represented by a note, is due in three annual payments of $15,000 each beginning December 31, year 2. The present value on December 31, year 1, of the three annual payments appropriately discounted is $36,000. According to the agreement, the nonrefundable down payment represents a fair measure of the services already performed by Reed; however, substantial future services are required of Reed. Collectibility of the note is reasonably certain. On December 31, year 1, Reed should record unearned franchise fees in respect of the Foy franchise of

  • $0
  • $36,000
  • $45,000
  • $75,000
A

$36,000Franchise fee revenue shall be recognized when all material services have been substantially performed by the franchisor (i.e., the franchisor has no remaining obligation to refund any cash received and substantially all of the initial services of the franchisor have been performed). Of the initial fee of $75,000, the $30,000 down payment applies to the initial services already performed by Reed. Additionally, this amount is not refundable. Therefore, the $30,000 may be recognized as revenue in year 1. The three remaining $15,000 installments relate to substantial future services to be performed by Reed. The present value of these payments, $36,000, is recorded as unearned fees and recognized as revenue once substantial performance has occurred. Cash $30,000 Notes Receivable $45,000 Discount on NR $9,000 Franchise revenue $30,000 Unearned franchise fees $36,000

237
Q

Johan Co. has an intangible asset, which it estimates will have a useful life of 10 years, while Abco Co. has goodwill, which has an indefinite life. Which company should report amortization in its financial statements? Johan Abco

A

Johan - YES Abco - NO
The intangible asset has a definite life and is amortized. Goodwill has an indefinite life, and is not amortized but is tested for impairment.

238
Q

ear Co., which began operations on January 2, 2005, appropriately uses the installment-sales method of accounting. The following information is available for 2005: Installment sales $1.4mn Realized gross profit on installment sales $240,000 Gross profit percentage on sales 40%
For the year ended December 31, 2005, what amounts should Bear report as accounts receivable and deferred gross profit? Accounts receivable Deferred gross profit

A

Accounts receivable - $800,000 Deferred gross profit - $320,000
Under the installment method of accounting, gross profit is recognized in proportion to cash collected on installment sales. Since this is the first year of operations for Bear Co., there is no beginning balance for accounts receivable and no previously deferred gross profit. The year-end balance in accounts receivable is determined by subtracting from total accounts receivable ($1.4mn) the amount collected during the period. Since the gross profit percentage of sales is 40%, the realized gross profit ($240,000) represents 40% of accounts receivable collected. Therefore:
* .40 X (amount collected) = $240,000
* X = $240,000/.40
* X = $600,000 (total A/R collected)
The year-end balance in accounts receivable will be:
* Sales on account $1,400,000
* A/R collected ($600,000)
* A/R balance $800,000
The total deferred gross profit, less the amount realized during the period, will be the year-end deferred gross profit. The total deferred gross profit for the year is 40% of installment sales. Therefore:
* Installment sales $1,400,000
* Gross profit rate .40
* Total deferred gross profit $560,000
* Less: Amount realized $240,000
* Year-end deferred gross profit $320,000

239
Q

Alphaco has two subsidiaries, Betaco and Charlieco, both of which are consolidated by Alphaco. Alphaco and Betaco have elected to measure their respective investments held-to-maturity at fair value. Charlieco measures its investments held-to-maturity using amortized cost. In its consolidated financial statements, for which companies, if any, may Alphaco elect to report investment held-to-maturity at fair value?

  • Alphaco only.
  • Alphaco and Betaco only.
  • Alphaco, Betaco, and Charlieco.
  • None of the companies; all investments held-to-maturity must be measured and reported at amortized cost.
A

Alphaco, Betaco, and Charlieco.As the parent, Alphaco may elect to report all of the investments held-to-maturity at fair value in its consolidated statements (only), whether or not the fair value option was elected by its subsidiaries for their separate books and any separate reporting purposes.

240
Q

Gow Constructors, Inc. has consistently used the percentage-of-completion method of recognizing income. In 2004, Gow starts work on an $18mn construction contract that is completed in 2005.The following information is taken from Gow’s 2004 accounting records: Progress billings $6.6mn Costs incurred $5.4mn Collections $4.2mn Estimated costs to complete $10.8mn
What amount of gross profit should Gow have recognized in 2004 on this contract?
* $1.4mn
* $1.2mn
* $900,000
* $600,000

A

$600,000Percentage of completion for 2004= $5.4mn/($5.4mn + $10.8mn) = 33%. Gross profit recognized in 2004 = .33[$18mn - ($5.4mn + $10.8mn)] = $600,000.The denominator of the proportion of completion, which is estimated total project cost, includes cost to date and costs remaining. The proportion is multiplied by total estimated project profit, the difference between contract price and total estimated project cost.

241
Q

Which of the following accounting bases may be used to prepare financial statements in conformity with a comprehensive basis of accounting other than Generally Accepted Accounting Principles? I. Basis of accounting used by an entity to file its income tax return; II. Cash receipts and disbursements basis of accounting.

A

BOTH.This question is not asking whether other comprehensive bases of accounting are acceptable under GAAP. Rather, it is simply asking which statements describe a comprehensive basis other than GAAP. Both I and II are found in various situations of accounting practice.

242
Q
On December 31, 2002, Brooks Co. decided to end operations and dispose of its assets within three months. At December 31, 2002, the net realizable value of the equipment was below historical cost.What is the appropriate measurement basis for equipment included in Brooks' December 31, 2002, Balance Sheet?	
* Historical cost.	
* Current reproduction cost	
* Net realizable value	
* Current replacement cost
A

Net realizable valueWhen a firm is in liquidation, historical cost and entry values (replacement cost) are no longer relevant.The going concern assumption supports the historical cost principle. The firm is no longer a going concern. The only amounts relevant are the amounts to be received on sale of the assets. Net realizable value is the net value to be received, after the costs of getting the asset ready for sale are deducted.

243
Q

Which of the following is not a required component of the 10-K filing?

  • Product market share.
  • Description of the business.
  • Market price of common stock.
  • Executive compensation.
A

Product market share.The market share of the company’s product is not a required disclosure. The company may chose to voluntarily present this information, but it is not a required disclosure.

244
Q

Papa Company acquired land with an office building on it from its subsidiary, Sonny Company, for $110,000. Prior to the sale, Sonny’s carrying value of the land was $60,000 and its net carrying value of the building was $50,000. At the time of the transaction, Papa appropriately determined that the land had a fair value of $75,000 and the building had a fair value of $35,000. At what amount should the land and building be reported on Papa’s consolidated statements prepared immediately after the transaction? At what amount should Papa record the land and building on its books at the date of the transaction?

A

Land = $60,000, Building = $50,000
Even though there was no profit or loss on the intercompany transaction, it resulted in amounts being redistributed between the depreciable asset office building and the non-amortizable asset land, which would result in different amounts of depreciation expense than if the transaction had not occurred. Therefore, the intercompany transaction must be “eliminated” so that the consolidated statements would show land at $60,000 and buildings at $50,000. (Sonny also would need to assess the building for possible impairment.) Land = $75,000, Building = $35,000
Papa should record the land and building on its books at the appropriately determined fair value at the date of the transaction. The prior carrying values on Sonny’s books are not relevant to the amounts at which Papa should record the assets on its books, but are relevant to the amounts that should be reported in the consolidated financial statements.

245
Q

Materiality and relevance are both defined by

  • What influences or makes a difference to a decision marker.
  • Quantitative criteria set by the Financial Accounting Standards Board.
  • The consistency in the application of methods over time.
  • The perceived benefits to be denied that exceed the perceived costs associated with it.
A

What influences or makes a difference to a decision marker.Relevant information is capable of making a difference in a user’ s decision. Materiality is entity specific and related to relevance—if omitting it or misstating it could influence a user’ s decision. Therefore, materiality and relevance are defined by what influences or makes a difference to a decision maker.

246
Q

According to the cost recovery method of accounting, gross profit on an installment sale is recognized in income

  • After cash collections equal to the cost of sales have been received.
  • In proportion to the cash collections.
  • On the date the final cash collection is received.
  • On the date of sale.
A

After cash collections equal to the cost of sales have been received.This is the most conservative method.Installment methods of recognizing revenue are appropriate only when “collection of the sale price is not reasonably assured.” Under the cost recovery method, gross profit is deferred and recognized only when the cumulative receipts exceed the cost of the asset sold.

247
Q

Drew Co. produces expensive equipment for sale on installment contracts. When there is doubt about eventual collectibility, the income recognition method least likely to overstate income is

  • At the time the equipment is completed.
  • The installment method.
  • The cost recovery method.
  • At the time of delivery.
A

The cost recovery method.Profit is deemed to be realized when a sale in the ordinary course of business is effected, unless the circumstances are such that the collection of the sale price is not reasonably assured. The most conservative accounting treatment in such instances is the cost recovery method, which defers the recognition of any profit until the full cost of the item sold has been collected. Subsequent collections are then considered to be all profit.

248
Q

Which of the following characteristics relates to both accounting relevance and faithful representation?

  • Free from material error.
  • Completeness.
  • Neutrality.
  • Comparability.
A

Comparability.Comparability is the quality of information that enables users to identify similarities and differences between sets of information. For information to be comparable, it must be both relevant (make a difference to a user) and reliable (be accurate and trustworthy).

  • Comparability
  • Verifiability
  • Timeliness
  • Understandability
249
Q

For financial statement purposes, the installment method of accounting may be used if the

  • Collection period extends over more than 12 months.
  • Installments are due in different years.
  • Ultimate amount collectible is indeterminate.
  • Percentage-of-completion method is inappropriate.
A

Ultimate amount collectible is indeterminate.The profit on a sale in the ordinary course of business is considered to be realized at the time of the sale unless it is uncertain whether the sales price will be collected. The Board concluded that use of the installment method of accounting is not acceptable unless this uncertainty exists.

250
Q

According to the FASB Conceptual Framework, which of the following correctly pairs a fundamentalcharacteristic of accounting information with one of its components?

  • Relevance and predictive value.
  • Relevance and verifiability.
  • Faithful representation and timeliness.
  • Faithful representation and confirmatory value.
A

Relevance and predictive value.The characteristic of relevance includes the components of predictive value, confirmatory value, and materiality.

251
Q

Before 2001, Droit Co. used the cash basis of accounting. As of December 31, 2001, Droit changed to the accrual basis. Droit cannot determine the beginning balance of supplies inventory.What is the effect of Droit’s inability to determine beginning supplies inventory on its 2001 accrual basis net income and December 31, 2001, accrual basis owners’ equity? 2001 net income 12/31/01 owner’s equity

A

2001 net income - Overstated
12/31/01 owner’s equity - No effect

Supplies expense for 2001 under the accrual method is: supplies expense = beginning supplies + purchases - ending supplies. If beginning supplies cannot be determined, then it is assumed to be zero and supplies expense is understated, causing 2001 income to be overstated. However, total supplies expense for the entire life of the business is unaffected by the inability to determine beginning supplies for 2001. Total supplies expense for the life of the business is total purchases less ending inventory in 2001. These two amounts are determinable, and thus, owners’ equity at the end of 2001 can be determined.From test bank = Inability to determine beginning supplies inventory would cause supplies expense to be understated and year 2 net income to be overstated. Cumulative supplies expense would be properly stated so there would be no effect on December 31, year 2 retained earnings.

252
Q

UVW Broadcast Co. entered into a contract to exchange unsold advertising time for travel and lodging services with Hotel Co. As of June 30, advertising commercials of $10,000 were used. However, travel and lodging services were not provided.How should UVW account for advertising in its June 30 financial statements?

  • Revenue and expense are recognized when the agreement is completed.
  • An asset and revenue for $10,000 is recognized
  • Both the revenue and expense of $10,000 are recognized.
  • Not reported.
A

An asset and revenue for $10,000 is recognized.UVW has a receivable and revenue for the $10,000 of advertising services provided to date. Without receipt of any travel and lodging services, the firm reports a receivable for the unpaid advertising services. These services will be “paid” in the form of travel and lodging.

253
Q

Working Capital Ratio

A

Current Assets - Current LiabilitiesIf positive, there are more CA than CL

254
Q

During year 3, Fleet Co.’s trademark was licensed to Hitch Corp. for royalties of 10% of net sales of the trademarked items. Returns were estimated to be 1% of gross sales. On signing the licensing agreement, Hitch paid Fleet $75,000 as an advance against future royalty earnings. Gross sales of the trademarked items during the year were $600,000. What amount should Fleet report as royalty income for year 3?

  • $54,000
  • $59,400
  • $60,000
  • $75,000
A

$59,400Gross sales are $600,000 for Hitch Corp. The estimated 1% returns should be subtracted from gross sales to determine the net sales for the period, or $594,000 ($600,000 – $6,000). Therefore, this answer is correct because the royalty amount for the year is equal to $59,400 ($594,000 net sales × 10% royalty rate).

255
Q

Lane Co., which began operations on January 1, 2005, appropriately uses the installment method of accounting. The following information pertains to Lane’s operations for 2005: Installment sales $1,000,000 Regular sales $600,000 Cost of installment sales $500,000 Cost of regular sales $300,000 General and administrative expenses $100,000 Collections on installment sales $200,000
The deferred gross profit account in Lane’s December 31, 2005 balance sheet should be
* $150,000
* $320,000
* $400,000
* $500,000

A

$400,000Deferred gross profit is the gross profit remaining on uncollected sales accounted for under the installment method. The gross profit percentage is 50% [($1mn - $500,000)/$1mn)] on these sales.Uncollected installment sales = $800,000 = $1mn - $200,000. Deferred gross profit = $400,000 = .50($800,000)

256
Q

Days Sales in Receivables

A

365 / AR Turnover = number of days required to collect receivables

257
Q

According to ASC Topic 820, the market that has the greatest volume and level of activity is the

  • Most advantageous market.
  • The most relevant market.
  • The independent market.
  • The principal market.
A

The principal market.ASC Topic 820 defines the principal market as the market with the greatest volume and level of activity.The fair value measurement assumes that the asset or liability is sold or transferred in either the principal market or the most advantageous market. Theprincipal marketis a market in which the greatest volume and level of activity occurs. Themost advantageous marketmaximizes price received for the asset or minimizes the amount paid to transfer the liability. Market participants in the principal or most advantageous market should have the following characteristics:
* Be independent of the reporting entity (not related parties)
* Be knowledgeable
* Able to transact and,
* Willing to transact (i.e. motivated, but not compelled to transact).
This hypothetical price in the principal or most advantageous market should not be adjusted for transaction costs, such as costs to sell. However, the cost to sell is used to determine which market is the most advantageous. If location is an attribute of the asset or liability, the price is adjusted for costs necessary to transport the asset or liability to the market.

258
Q

North Co. entered into a franchise agreement with South Co. for an initial fee of $50,000. North received $10,000 at the agreement’s signing. The remaining balance was to be paid at a rate of $10,000 per year, beginning the following year. North’s services per the agreement were not complete in the current year. Operating activities will commence next year. What amount should North report as franchise revenue in the current year?

  • $0
  • $10,000
  • $20,000
  • $50,000
A

$0Revenue can be recognized only when all material services or conditions relating to the sale have been substantially performed by the franchisor. Since North’s services were not complete in the current year, no revenue can be recognized in the current year.Franchise AgreementsASC Topic 952 provides that the initial franchise fee be recognized as revenue by the franchiseronlyupon substantial performance of their initial service obligation. The amount and timing of revenue recognized depends upon whether the contract contains bargain purchase agreements, tangible property, and whether the continuing franchise fees are reasonable in relation to future service obligations. Direct franchise costs are deferred until the related revenue is recognized.

259
Q

If the payment of employees’ compensation for future absences is probable, the amount can be reasonably estimated, and the obligation relates to rights that accumulate, the compensation should be

  • Accrued if attributable to employees’ services not already rendered.
  • Accrued if attributable to employees’ services already rendered.
  • Accrued if attributable to employees’ services, whether already rendered or not.
  • Recognized when paid.
A

Accrued if attributable to employees’ services already rendered.Only costs that are attributable to employee service already rendered can be accrued. The firm has received no benefit for services that employees have not yet rendered. The firm owes employees nothing for future services and therefore has no liability for these amounts and no cost or expense should be recognized.

260
Q

North Corp. has an employee benefit plan for compensated absences that gives employees ten paid vacation days and ten paid sick days per year.Both vacation and sick days can be carried over indefinitely. Employees can elect to receive payment in lieu of vacation days; however, no payment is given for sick days not taken.At December 31, 2004, North’s unadjusted balance of liability for compensated absences was $21,000. North estimated that there were 150 vacation days and 75 sick days available at December 31, 2004. North’s employees earn an average of $100 per day.In its December 31, 2004 balance sheet, what amount of liability for compensated absences is North required to report?

  • $36,000
  • $22,500
  • $21,000
  • $15,000
A

$15,000The liability must be accrued only for the vacation pay, because it is probable that paid vacations will be taken. Therefore, the liability is $15,000 (150 days x $100 per day).The firm may, but is not required to, accrue a liability for sick days. If the employees were routinely paid for sick days not taken, then sick days would be required to be accrued. For this firm, there is no payment for sick days not taken, therefore there is no requirement to accrue this cost.It may be argued that illness is the condition that mandates payment of sick pay. Illness cannot be predicted and therefore is not required to be accrued.

261
Q

At December 31, 2004, Taos Co. estimates that its employees have earned vacation pay of $100,000. Employees will receive their vacation pay in 2005.Should Taos accrue a liability at December 31, 2004 if the rights to this compensation accumulated over time or if the rights are vested? Accumulated Vested

A

Accumulated - YES Vested - YES
Under FAS 43, if compensated absences either accumulate OR vest, then the liability should be accrued. Benefits accumulate if they can be carried over to future years.For example, assume an employee earns four weeks’ vacation per year, but does not take a vacation for two years. If the employee can take an eight-week vacation in the third year, the benefits are said to accumulate (firms usually place restrictions on the total time that can be accumulated).Benefits vest if they are no longer contingent on continued employment. This means that if an employee retires, he or she will receive their vested vacation pay.Either way, through accumulation or vesting, it is probable that the vacation compensation will be paid. Therefore, a liability has been incurred as of the balance sheet date.

262
Q

Foy Corp. failed to accrue warranty costs of $50,000 in its December 31, 2003 financial statements. In addition, a change from straight-line to accelerated-depreciation made at the beginning of 2004 resulted in a $30,000 decrease in income for the year. Both the $50,000 and the $30,000 are net of related income taxes.What amount should Foy report as Prior period adjustments in 2004?

  • $0
  • $30,000
  • $50,000
  • $80,000
A

$50,000The failure to accrue warranty expense is an accounting error. It gives rise to a Prior period adjustment in the year of discovery (2004).Prior period adjustments are limited to corrections of errors affecting prior-year net income. They adjust the beginning balance of retained earnings in the year of correction. The change in depreciation method is an estimate change, which is reported in earnings. It is not a Prior period adjustment.

263
Q

How should a company report its decision to change from a cash-basis to an accrual-basis of accounting?

  • As a change in accounting principle, requiring the cumulative effect of the change (net of tax) to be reported in the income statement.
  • Prospectively, with no amounts restated and no cumulative adjustment.
  • As an extraordinary item (net of tax).
  • As a Prior period adjustment (net of tax), by adjusting the beginning balance of retained earnings.
A

As a Prior period adjustment (net of tax), by adjusting the beginning balance of retained earnings.The accrual basis of accounting is required by GAAP. A change from an inappropriate method to the correct method is treated as an error correction. The procedure requires retrospective application, resulting in an after-tax cumulative adjustment to prior years’ earnings (called a Prior period adjustment) to the beginning balance in retained earnings.

264
Q

Miller Co. discovers that in the prior year, it failed to report $40,000 of depreciation related to a newly constructed building. The depreciation was computed correctly for tax purposes. The tax rate for the current year is 40%.What was the impact of the error on Miller’s financial statements for the prior year?

  • Understatement of accumulated depreciation of $24,000.
  • Understatement of accumulated depreciation of $40,000.
  • Understatement of depreciation expense of $24,000.
  • Understatement of net income of $24,000.
A

Understatement of accumulated depreciation of $40,000.Accumulated depreciation is a pre-tax amount. The journal entry omitted in the past is:dr. Depreciation expense, $40,000;cr. Accumulated depreciation, $40,000.The beginning balance of accumulated depreciation in the year the error was discovered is understated by $40,000 because that amount was not recorded in a prior year.

265
Q

How should the effect of a change in accounting estimate be accounted for?

  • By restating amounts reported in financial statements of prior periods.
  • By reporting pro forma amounts for prior periods.
  • As a Prior period adjustment to beginning retained earnings.
  • In the period of change and future periods if the change affects both.
A

In the period of change and future periods if the change affects both.Accounting-estimate changes are treated currently and prospectively (in the future).If the change affects only the current period, then only current-period earnings is affected. More frequently, though, the change affects future periods as well. Then, current and future earnings are affected.An estimate change is never treated retroactively. Prior-year earnings are never adjusted for a change in estimate, because the information giving rise to the change could not have been known in prior periods.

266
Q

On January 2, 2003, Raft Corp. discovers that it had incorrectly expensed a $210,000 machine purchased on January 2, 2000. Raft estimates the machine’s original useful life to be ten years and its salvage value at $10,000. Raft uses the straight-line method of depreciation and is subject to a 30% tax rate. In its December 31, 2003, financial statements, what amount should Raft report as a Prior period adjustment?

  • $102,900
  • $105,000
  • $165,900
  • $168,000
A

$105,000Depreciation for three years (2000-02) is 3($210,000 - $10,000)/10 or $60,000. Through the beginning of 2003, retained earnings before tax, therefore, is understated $150,000 ($210,000 from immediate expensing of the asset, less $60,000 of depreciation, that would have been taken through 2002). The after-tax understatement is .70 x $150,000 = $105,000. Prior period adjustments are recorded as of the beginning of the year in which the error is discovered

267
Q

Conn Co. reports a retained-earnings balance of $400,000 at December 31, 2004.In August 2005, Conn determines that insurance premiums of $60,000 for the three-year period beginning January 1, 2004 had been paid and fully expensed in 2004. Conn has a 30% income tax rate.What amount should Conn report as adjusted beginning retained earnings in its 2005 statement of retained earnings?

  • $420,000
  • $428,000
  • $440,000
  • $442,000
A

$428,000The 2005 statement of retained earnings must disclose a Prior period adjustment to the beginning retained-earnings balance for the amount required to correct prior-year net income.

  • 2004 insurance expense actually recognized (in error) $60,000
  • Less 2004 correct insurance expense - the amount that should have been recognized ($60,000/3 - a three-year policy) ($20,000)
  • Equals the error in pre-tax income before 2005(income understated) $40,000
  • Times (1 - tax rate) to determine after-tax errorx .70
  • Equals the error correction, the amount by which retained earnings at January 1, 2005 must be increased(the Prior period adjustment) $28,000
  • Plus unadjusted retained earnings at January 1, 2005 $400,000
  • Equals adjusted retained earnings at January 1, 2005 $428,000
268
Q

On January 2, 2005, Air, Inc. agrees to pay its former president $300,000 under a deferred-compensation arrangement.Air should have recorded this expense in 2004, but did not do so. Air’s reported income tax expense would have been $70,000 lower in 2004 had it properly accrued this deferred compensation.In its December 31, 2005 financial statements, Air should adjust the beginning balance of its retained earnings by a

  • $230,000 credit.
  • $230,000 debit.
  • $300,000 credit.
  • $370,000 debit.
A

$230,000 debit.The after-tax amount of the overstatement of 2004 earnings is $230,000 ($300,000 - $70,000 tax effect).2004 income is overstated by this amount, because the expense and tax effect were not recorded. Ending 2004 retained earnings is overstated by $230,000. Therefore, beginning 2005 retained earnings must be decreased (debited) $230,000. This is accomplished by adjusting the beginning 2005 retained earnings balance with a Prior period adjustment of $230,000 (debit).

269
Q

In which of the following situations should a company report a Prior period adjustment?

  • A change in the estimated useful lives of fixed assets purchased in prior years.
  • The correction of a mathematical error in the calculation of prior years’ depreciation.
  • A switch from the straight-line to double-declining-balance method of depreciation.
  • The scrapping of an asset prior to the end of its expected useful life.
A

The correction of a mathematical error in the calculation of prior years’ depreciation.A Prior period adjustment is defined as the correction of an error affecting prior-year income. The adjustment reverses the error by correcting beginning retained earnings in the year of discovery. If depreciation in a prior year is misstated, then income in that year is also incorrect, as well as the balance in retained earnings. The Prior period adjustment corrects retained earnings and accumulated depreciation.

270
Q

On January 1, year one, Newport Corp. purchases a machine for $100,000. The machine is depreciated using the straight-line method over a ten-year period with no residual value. Because of a bookkeeping error, no depreciation was recognized in Newport’s year-one financial statements, resulting in a $10,000 overstatement of the book value of the machine on December 31, year one. The oversight was discovered during the preparation of Newport’s year-two financial statements. What amount should Newport report for depreciation expense on the machine in the year-two financial statements?

  • $9,000
  • $10,000
  • $11,000
  • $20,000
A

$10,000The year-one error has no bearing on the amount of depreciation to be recognized in subsequent years. Annual depreciation is $10,000 (= $100,000/10). In year two, a Prior period adjustment will be recorded, correcting beginning retained earnings and accumulated depreciation. Year-one statements reported comparatively with year two’s statements will be shown correctly. Year two will report $10,000 of depreciation expense.

271
Q

At the end of 2003, Ritzcar Co. fails to accrue sales commissions earned during 2003, but paid in 2004. The error is not repeated in 2004.What was the effect of this error on 2003 ending working capital and on the 2004 ending retained earnings balance? 2003 ending working capital 20x4 ending retained earnings

A

2003 ending working capital - Overstated 20x4 ending retained earnings - No effect
The entry that should have been accrued at the end of 2003 is:
dr.Commission expense xxx cr.Commission payable xxx
Working capital (current assets, less current liabilities) is overstated, because current liabilities (via unrecorded commission payable) are understated. By the end of 2004, the error has counterbalanced. The commission expense attributable to 2003 (in the above entry) would have been recognized as expense upon payment in 2004. Although earnings of both years are in error, the ending retained earnings balance for 2004 is correct.

272
Q

The cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle should be recorded as an adjustment to retained earnings, when the change is:

  • Cash basis of accounting for vacation pay to the accrual basis.
  • Straight-line method of depreciation for previously recorded assets to the double-declining-balance method.
  • Longer useful life of equipment to shorter useful life.
  • Completed-contract method of accounting for long-term construction-type contracts to the percentage-of-completion method.
A

Completed-contract method of accounting for long-term construction-type contracts to the percentage-of-completion method.Accounting-principle changes such as this one are recorded by retroactively restating prior-year financial statements. The entry to record the change results in an adjustment to the beginning balance of retained earnings in the year of the change.

273
Q

In 2005, Brighton Co. changed from the individual-item approach to the aggregate approach in applying the lower of FIFO cost or market to inventories.The cumulative effect of this change should be reported in Brighton’s financial statements as a

  • Prior period adjustment, with separate disclosure.
  • Component of income from continuing operations, with separate disclosure.
  • Component of income from continuing operations, without separate disclosure.
  • Cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings, with separate disclosure.
A

Cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings, with separate disclosure.This accounting change is a change in the application of an accounting principle, which merits the reporting of a cumulative effect of accounting principle change.Accounting-principle changes, as well as changes in the application of principles, are accounted for using the retrospective approach, which recognizes the effect of the change on all prior years affected as an adjustment to retained earnings at the beginning of the year of change.

274
Q

The effect of a change in accounting principle that is inseparable from the effect of a change in accounting estimate should be reported

  • By restating the financial statements of all prior periods presented.
  • As a correction of an error.
  • As a component of income from continuing operations, in the period of change and future periods if the change affects both.
  • As a separate disclosure after income from continuing operations, in the period of change and future periods if the change affects both.
A

As a component of income from continuing operations, in the period of change and future periods if the change affects both.When an accounting principle change cannot be distinguished from an estimate change, it is accounted for as an estimate change. Changes in accounting estimate are accounted for currently and prospectively and are reported in income from continuing operations. The relevant accounts affected by the change are adjusted for the current and future years. The change is not retroactively applied.

275
Q

For 2003, Pac Co. estimates its two-year equipment warranty costs based on $100 per unit sold in 2003. Experience during 2004 indicates that the estimate should have been based on $110 per unit.The effect of this $10 difference from the estimate is reported

  • In 2004 income from continuing operations.
  • As an accounting change, net of tax, below 2004 income from continuing operations.
  • As an accounting change requiring 2003 financial statements to be restated.
  • As a correction of an error requiring 2003 financial statements to be restated.
A

In 2004 income from continuing operations.This is a change in accounting estimate, because experience in the current period implies that a different estimate should be used. This new information does not invalidate the good-faith estimate made in 2003, because the new information was not known at that time. These changes are treated currently and prospectively; that is, in the current and future periods, if affected. They are not applied retroactively.In this instance, the $10 increase in warranty costs per unit is recognized as an increase in warranty expense of 2004. Therefore, income from continuing operations will reflect this increase.

276
Q

Matt Co. included a foreign subsidiary in its 2008 consolidated financial statements.The subsidiary was acquired in 2002 and was excluded from previous consolidations. The change was caused by the elimination of foreign-exchange controls.Including the subsidiary in the 2008 consolidated financial statements results in an accounting change that should be reported

  • By footnote disclosure only.
  • Currently and prospectively.
  • Currently with footnote disclosure of pro forma effects of retroactive application.
  • By restating the financial statements of all prior periods presented.
A

By restating the financial statements of all prior periods presented.The elimination of foreign-currency controls would legitimately change the status of the foreign sub from non-consolidated to consolidated.This causes a change in the reporting entity, since both companies must now be reported together. A change in reporting entity utilizes the retrospective method.

277
Q

On January 2, 2002, Union Co. purchases a machine for $264,000 and depreciated it by the straight-line method, using an estimated useful life of eight years with no salvage value.On January 2, 2005, Union determines that the machine has a useful life of six years from the date of acquisition and will have a salvage value of $24,000. An accounting change was made in 2005 to reflect the additional data.The accumulated depreciation for this machine should have a balance at December 31, 2005, of

  • $176,000
  • $160,000
  • $154,000
  • $146,000
A

$146,000 Book value, January 2, 2005, date of accounting change: $264,000(5/8 years) = (as of January 2, 2005, five years of useful life remain) $165,000
Accumulated depreciation January 2, 2005, date of accounting change: $264,000(3/8 years) = (as of January 2, 2005, three years of the asset’s life have been used) $99,000
Plus 2005 depreciation: ($165,000 - $24,000)/(6 - 3 years) = $47,000
Equals accumulated depreciation balance, December 31, 2005 $146,000

As of January 2, 2005, the equipment has been used for three years. The new estimate of total life is six years. Therefore, 6-3 = three years remain. This remaining number of years is the basis for depreciating the asset, as well as the remaining book value at the beginning of the year of the accounting change ($165,000).

278
Q

Mellow Co. depreciates a $12,000 asset over five years, using the straight-line method with no salvage value. At the beginning of the fifth year, it is determined that the asset will last another four years.What amount should Mellow report as depreciation expense for year five?

  • $600
  • $900
  • $1,500
  • $2,400
A

$600The book value at the beginning of the year of the change in estimated useful life is used as the base for subsequent depreciation. After four years, the book value remaining is one-fifth of its original cost, because there is no salvage value and the firm uses SL depreciation.That remaining book value is spread equally over four more years, yielding $600 of depreciation in each of those years. Book value at the beginning of year five = $12,000 - 4($12,000/5) = $2,400. Depreciation expense for year five = $2,400/4 = $600. The four years remaining include year five.

279
Q

Which of the following statements is correct as it relates to changes in accounting estimates?

  • Most changes in accounting estimates are accounted for retrospectively.
  • Whenever it is impossible to determine whether a change in an estimate or a change in accounting principle occurred, the change should be considered a change in principle.
  • Whenever it is impossible to determine whether a change in accounting estimate or a change in accounting principle has occurred, the change should be considered a change in estimate.
  • It is easier to differentiate between a change in accounting estimate and a change in accounting principle than it is to differentiate between a change in accounting estimate and a correction of an error.
A

Whenever it is impossible to determine whether a change in accounting estimate or a change in accounting principle has occurred, the change should be considered a change in estimate.When it is impossible to determine whether the change is an estimate or a change in accounting principle, the change should be considered a change inestimateand accounted for prospectively.

280
Q

On January 1, 2004, Taft Co. purchases a patent for $714,000. The patent is being amortized over its remaining legal life of 15 years, expiring on January 1, 2019.During 2007, Taft determined that the economic benefits of the patent would not last longer than ten years from the date of acquisition.What amount should be reported in the balance sheet for the patent, net of accumulated amortization, at December 31, 2007?

  • $428,400
  • $489,600
  • $504,000
  • $523,600
A

$489,600This is a change in accounting estimate. The beginning 2007 patent balance is $714,000(12/15) = $571,200, because three years of amortization would have been recorded as of that date, based on 15 years. Amortization in 2007, therefore, is $571,200(1/7) = $81,600.As of the beginning of 2007, only seven years remain in the useful life, because the total useful life as of that date was changed to ten years, and the patent had been used for three years as of that date.Therefore, the ending net balance in the patent is $571,200 - $81,600 = $489,600.

281
Q

During 2005, Krey Co. increased the estimated quantity of copper recoverable from its mine. Krey uses the units-of-production-depletion method.Which of the following statements correctly describes the appropriate accounting for this change?

  • Accumulated depletion is recalculated back to the date of acquiring the mine and the depletion for each period included in the annual report will reflect the new estimate.
  • The effect of the change on all prior years is treated as a catch-up adjustment in the 2005 income statement.
  • The change in estimate is applied as of the beginning of 2005 for current and future periods.
  • The retained-earnings balance at the beginning of 2005 is adjusted for the effect of the change on prior years.
A

The change in estimate is applied as of the beginning of 2005 for current and future periods.This is an accounting-estimate change. These accounting changes are handled currently and prospectively by applying the new estimate to the current and future periods, if affected. The effect of the change on prior years’ earnings is not computed, because the new information causing the estimate change was not known at that time.Cumulative effects are reported for accounting principle changes, not estimate changes, because the effect of the change on prior years is computed and reported for accounting principle changes only.

282
Q

On January 1, 2003, Warren Co. purchases a $600,000 machine, with a five-year useful life and no salvage value.The machine is depreciated by the accelerated method for book and tax purposes. The machine’s carrying amount is $240,000 on December 31, 2004. On January 1, 2005, Warren changes to the straight-line method for financial-statement purposes. Warren can justify the change. Warren’s income tax rate is 30%.In its 2005 financial statements, what amount should Warren report as the cumulative effect of this change?

  • $120,000
  • $84,000
  • $36,000
  • $0
A

$0A change in depreciation method is treated as a change in estimate with the remaining book value at the beginning of the year of change being subject to the new method for the remainder of the asset’s life. No cumulative effect is reported.

283
Q

At December 31, 2004, Off-Line Co. changes its method of accounting for demo costs from writing off the costs over two years to expensing the costs immediately.Off-Line makes the change in recognition of an increasing number of demos placed with customers that did not result in sales. Off-Line has deferred demo costs of $500,000 at December 31, 2003, $300,000 of which were to be written off in 2004 and the remainder in 2005.Off-Line’s income tax rate is 30%. In its 2004 retained-earnings statement, what amount should Off-Line report as cumulative effect of change in accounting principle?

  • $0
  • $200,000
  • $350,000
  • $500,000
A

$0The change in accounting principle is indistinguishable from a change in accounting estimate. This change can be effected by changing the useful life of the demo costs to zero - a change in estimate. The firm should write off the remaining unamortized costs at the beginning of the year of change. Earnings in 2004 will be reduced by $500,000 before tax as a result.

284
Q

When a company changes the expected service life of an asset because additional information has been obtained, which of the following should be reported? Cumulative effect of accounting principle change Deferred income tax adjustment

A

Cumulative effect of accounting principle change = NO Deferred income tax adjustment = NO
The change in expected service life is an accounting-estimate change. These are handled currently and prospectively. No attempt is made to compute the effect of the change on prior years’ income, because the new information was not available at that time.With no catch-up adjustment, there is no change in deferred taxes, because future differences between book and tax depreciation have not been changed.

285
Q

On December 31, year 2, Foster, Inc. appropriately changed to the FIFO cost method from the weighted-average cost method for financial statement and income tax purposes. The change will result in a $150,000 increase in the beginning inventory at January 1, year 3. Assuming a 30% income tax rate, the period-specific effect of this accounting change for the year ended December 31, year 2, is

  • $0
  • $45,000
  • $105,000
  • $150,000
A

$105,000The change results in a $150,000 increase in the inventory valuation for ending inventory at December 31, year 2, which means the before-tax effect on income in year 2 is also $150,000. Since the period-specific effects must be reported net of year 2 effects, the tax effect is $45,000 (30% × $150,000) and must be subtracted to leave a period-specific effect of $105,000 ($150,000– $45,000). The $150,000 increase in inventory should be added to the balance in inventory on the year 2 comparative balance sheet, $105,000 is the increase in net income, and the income tax payable account will increase by $45,000.

286
Q

A change in the salvage value of an asset depreciated on a straight-line basis, arising because additional information has been obtained, is

  • An accounting change that should be reflected in the period of change and future periods if the change affects both.
  • An accounting change that should be reported by restating the financial statements of all prior periods presented.
  • A correction of an error.
  • Not an accounting change.
A

An accounting change that should be reflected in the period of change and future periods if the change affects both.A change in the salvage value of an asset is a change in accounting estimate. ASC 250-10-45-17 states that a change in accounting estimate should be accounted for in the period of change and future periods if the change affects both.

287
Q

A change in the salvage value of an asset depreciated on a straight-line basis, arising because additional information has been obtained, is

  • An accounting change that should be reflected in the period of change and future periods if the change affects both.
  • An accounting change that should be reported by restating the financial statements of all prior periods presented.
  • A correction of an error.
  • Not an accounting change.
A

An accounting change that should be reflected in the period of change and future periods if the change affects both.According to ASC Topic 250. A change in the salvage value of an asset is a change in accounting estimate. ASC 250-10-45-17 states that a change in accounting estimate should be accounted for in the period of change and future periods if the change affects both.

288
Q

Which of the following describes a change in reporting entity?

  • A company presents consolidated financial statements in place of individual company financial statements.
  • A manufacturing company expands its market from regional to nationwide.
  • A company acquires additional shares of an investee and changes to the equity method of accounting.
  • A company discontinues a product line in one of their factories.
A

A company presents consolidated financial statements in place of individual company financial statements.When there is a change in reporting entity, the change is retrospectively applied to the financial statements of all prior periods presented. Previously issued interim statements are also presented on a retrospective basis. Footnote disclosures for change in reporting entity include the nature and reason for the change, net income, other comprehensive income, and any related per-share amounts for all periods presented.

289
Q

A change in the periods benefited by a deferred cost because additional information has been obtained is

  • A correction of an error.
  • An accounting change that should be reported by restating the financial statements of all prior periods presented.
  • An accounting change that should be reported in the period of change and future periods if the change affects both.
  • Not an accounting change.
A

An accounting change that should be reported in the period of change and future periods if the change affects both.ASC Topic 250 states that a change in the periods benefited by a deferred cost should be treated as a change in accounting estimate. Changes in accounting estimates are accounted for in the period of change and future periods if the change affects both.

290
Q

A company changes from an accounting principle that is not generally accepted to one that is generally accepted. The effect of the change should be reported, net of applicable income taxes, in the current

  • Income statement after income from continuing operations and before extraordinary items.
  • Income statement after extraordinary items.
  • Retained earnings statement as an adjustment of the opening balance.
  • Retained earnings statement after net income but before dividends.
A

Retained earnings statement as an adjustment of the opening balance.ASC Topic 250 states that a change from an accounting principle that is not generally accepted to one that is generally accepted should be treated in the same manner as a correction of an error. A correction of an error should be reported as a prior period adjustment. This means that the cumulative effect at the beginning of the period of change is entered directly as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings. When comparative statements are presented, prior years’ statements are retroactively restated.

291
Q

The year 1 financial statements of Bice Company reported net income for the year ended December 31, year 1, of $2,000,000. On July 1, year 2, subsequent to the issuance of the year 1 financial statements, Bice changed from an accounting principle that is not generally accepted to one that is generally accepted. If the generally accepted accounting principle had been used in year 1, net income for the year ended December 31, year 1, would have been decreased $1,000,000. On August 1, year 2, Bice discovered a mathematical error relating to its year 1 financial statements. If this error had been discovered in year 1, net income for the year ended December 31, year 1, would have been increased $500,000. What amount, if any, should be included in net income for the year ended December 31, year 2, because of the items noted above?

  • $0.
  • $ 500,000 decrease.
  • $ 500,000 increase.
  • $1,000,000 decrease.
A

$0.The change from an unacceptable accounting principle to an acceptable accounting principle is considered a correction of an error per ASC Topic 250. Thus both of these items are corrections of errors and as such are reported as prior period adjustments. Prior period adjustments are reported in the retained earnings statement and not in the income statement. Thus, year 2 earnings are not affected by the aforementioned items.

292
Q

Cory Company acquired some machinery on January 2, year 2. Cory was using straight-line depreciation with an estimated life of 15 years with no salvage value for this machinery. On January 2, year 6, Cory estimated that the remaining life of this machinery was 6 years with no salvage value. How should this change be accounted for by Cory?

  • Making a prior period adjustment and changing to an accelerated depreciation method that will compensate for under-depreciation in prior years.
  • Estimating the effect of the change on each year’s net earnings, but maintaining the method of depreciation as originally determined.
  • Revising future depreciation per year to equal the book value on January 2, year 6, divided by 6.
  • Revising future depreciation per year to equal the original cost divided by 6.
A

Revising future depreciation per year to equal the book value on January 2, year 6, divided by 6.Cory Company’s change of depreciation is considered a change in estimate. A change in estimate is treated prospectively by revising the remaining years’ depreciation expense. Book value of the asset at the time of change should be divided by 6, the estimated remaining life.

293
Q

A change in accounting principle that would require retrospective application to all prior periods would be a change

  • From using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting for long-term construction contracts to the completed contract method.
  • In the salvage value of a depreciable asset.
  • From the straight-line method of depreciation to the double-declining balance method.
  • From reporting revenues on a cash basis to reporting on an accrual basis.
A

From using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting for long-term construction contracts to the completed contract method.Per ASC Topic 250, an entity shall report a change in accounting principle through retrospective application of the new accounting principle to all prior periods, unless it is impracticable to do so.

294
Q

On January 1, year 2, Belmont Company changed its inventory cost flow method to the FIFO cost method from the LIFO cost method. Belmont can justify the change, which was made for both financial statement and income tax reporting purposes. Belmont’s inventories aggregated $4,000,000 on the LIFO basis at December 31, year 1. Supplementary records maintained by Belmont showed that the inventories would have totaled $4,800,000 at December 31, year 1, on the FIFO basis. Belmont does not have sufficient information to calculate the effect of the change in inventories for years prior to year 1. Ignoring income taxes, the adjustment for the effect of changing to the FIFO method from the LIFO method should be reported by Belmont

  • In the year 2 income statement as an $800,000 loss from cumulative effect of change in accounting principle.
  • In the year 1 retained earnings statement as an $800,000 debit adjustment to the beginning balance.
  • As an adjustment to the balances of inventory, and a retrospective application to cost of goods sold, net income, and retained earnings in the year 1 comparative financial statements.
  • In the year 2 retained earnings statement as an $800,000 credit adjustment to the beginning balance.
A

As an adjustment to the balances of inventory, and a retrospective application to cost of goods sold, net income, and retained earnings in the year 1 comparative financial statements.Per ASC Topic 250, retrospective application requires the changes to be reflected in the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities of the first period presented. The financial statements for each individual prior period are adjusted to reflect the period-specific effects of applying the new accounting principle if it can be determined.

295
Q

On January 1, year 2, an intangible asset with a 35-year estimated useful life was acquired. On January 1, year 6, a review was made of the estimated useful life, and it was determined that the intangible asset had an estimated useful life of 45 more years. As a result of the review

  • The original cost at January 1, year 2, should be amortized over a 50-year life.
  • The original cost at January 1, year 2, should be amortized over the remaining 30-year life.
  • The unamortized cost at January 1, year 6, should be amortized over a 40-year life.
  • The unamortized cost at January 1, year 6, should be amortized over a 45-year life.
A

The unamortized cost at January 1, year 6, should be amortized over a 45-year life.The estimated useful life of an intangible asset is revised, the unamortized cost should be allocated over the remaining periods of the new useful life.

296
Q

In which of the following situations should a company report a prior period adjustment?

  • A change in the estimated useful lives of fixed assets purchased in prior years.
  • The correction of a mathematical error in the calculation of prior years’ depreciation.
  • A switch from the straight-line to double-declining balance method of depreciation.
  • The scrapping of an asset prior to the end of its expected useful life.
A

The correction of a mathematical error in the calculation of prior years’ depreciation.A correction of an error in previously issued financial statements requires a prior period adjustment by restating the financial statements. Prior period adjustments are covered in the previous section of this module.

297
Q

Presenting consolidated financial statements this year when statements of individual companies were presented last year is

  • A correction of an error.
  • An accounting change that should be reported prospectively.
  • An accounting change that should be reported by restating the financial statements of all prior periods presented.
  • Not an accounting change.
A

An accounting change that should be reported by restating the financial statements of all prior periods presented.Per ASC Topic 250, accounting changes that result from a change in the business entity should be reflected in financial statements that are restated.

298
Q

On December 31, year 2, Rapp Co. changed inventory cost methods to FIFO from LIFO for financial statement and income tax purposes. The change will result in a $175,000 increase in the beginning inventory at January 1, year 3. Rapp does not maintain records to identify the effect of the change on years prior to year 1. Assuming a 30% income tax rate, the cumulative effect of this accounting change reported in the income statement for the year ended December 31, year 3, is

  • $175,000
  • $122,500
  • $ 52,500
  • $0
A

$0ASC Topic 250 requires changes in accounting principle to be given retrospective application, and the cumulative effects of the change reflected in the carrying value of assets and period-specific effects on the financial statements for each period presented.

299
Q

Balance Sheet ClassificationsAccount Type

  • Property, Plant & Equipment, Intangibles
  • Receivables
  • Inventory
  • Investments in Marketable Securities
  • Liabilities
  • Owners’ Equity
A

PPE - Historical Cost and Depreciated/Amortized Historical Cost
Rec. - Net Realizable Value
Inv. - Lower of Cost or Market
IMS - Market Value
Liab. - Present Value
OE - Historical Value of Cash Inflows and Residual Valuation

300
Q

Which of the following should be included in general and administrative expenses? Interest Advertising

A

NEITHERexpense is normally included in general and administrative expenses because interest and advertising are expenses that result from very specific activities and are frequently material in amount. They should be separately identified.

301
Q

A multi-step Income Statement is prepared:

  • By all corporations.
  • By a company whose main activity is sales.
  • Because it is required by FASB.
  • Because it is more meaningful presentation of revenue and expenses.
A

Because it is more meaningful presentation of revenue and expenses.A multi-step Income Statement is not required but is prepared because it is a more meaningful presentation of revenue and expenses. In a multi-step Income Statement, gross profit (margin), operating profit (margin), and pretax income from continuing operations are determined. The focus is on the determination of operating profit rather than simply income from continuing operations.

302
Q
The following costs were incurred by Griff Co., a manufacturer, during 2004:	
* Accounting and legal fees$25,000	
* Freight-in $175,000	
* Freight-out $160,000	
* Officers' salaries $150,000	
* Insurance $85,000	
* Sales representatives' salaries $215,000
What amount of these costs should be reported as general and administrative expenses for 2004?	
* $260,000	
* $550,000	
* $635,000	
* $810,000
A
$260,000The only costs included in general and administrative costs are:	
* Accounting and legal$25,000	
* Officers' salaries $150,000	
* Insurance $85,000
Total G&amp;A cost =$260,000
303
Q

In a Multi-step Income Statement:

  • Total expenses are subtracted from total revenues.
  • Gross profit (margin) is shown as a separate item.
  • Cost of sales and operating expense are subtracted from total revenues.
  • Other income is added to revenue from sales.
A

Gross profit (margin) is shown as a separate item.In a multi-step Income Statement, gross profit (margin), operating profit (margin), and pretax income from continuing operations are determined. The focus is on the determination of operating profit rather than simply income from continuing operations. Gross profit (margin) is shown as a separate item.

304
Q

Historical cost is a measurement base currently used in financial accounting. Which of the following measurement bases is(are) also currently used in financial accounting? Current Market value Discounted cash flow Replacement cost

A
All Three...Current market value or "quoted market price" is used as a measurement base, for example, in the case of precious metals having a fixed selling price with no substantial cost of marketing. Discounted cash flow is used as a measurement base for assets capitalized under long-term leases. Replacement cost is used as a measurement base for inventories when the replacement cost has fallen below historical cost.Five different attributes are used to measure assets and liabilities in present practice. These are discussed below in an excerpt from SFAC 5.	
Historical cost (historical proceeds). Property, plant, and equipment and most inventories are reported at their historical cost, which is the amount of cash, or its equivalent, paid to acquire an asset, commonly adjusted after acquisition for amortization or other allocations. Liabilities that involve obligations to provide goods or services to customers are generally reported at historical proceeds, which is the amount of cash, or its equivalent, received when the obligation was incurred and may be adjusted after acquisition for amortization or other allocations.		
Current cost. Some inventories are reported at their current (replacement) cost, which is the amount of cash, or its equivalent, that would have to be paid if the same or an equivalent asset were acquired currently.		
Current market value. Some investments in marketable securities are reported at their current market value, which is the amount of cash or its equivalent, that could be obtained by selling an asset in orderly liquidation. Current market value is also generally used for assets expected to be sold at prices lower than previous carrying amounts. Some liabilities that involve marketable commodities and securities, for example, the obligations of writers of options or sellers of common shares who do not own the underlying commodities or securities, are reported at current market value. Current market value is now referred to as fair value.		
Net realizable (settlement) value. Short-term receivables and some inventories are reported at their net realizable value, which is the nondiscounted amount of cash, or its equivalent, into which an asset is expected to be converted in due course of business less direct costs, if any, necessary to make that conversion. Liabilities that involve known or estimated amounts of money payable at unknown future dates, for example, trade payables or warranty obligations, generally are reported at their net settlement value, which is the nondiscounted amount of cash, or its equivalent, expected to be paid to liquidate an obligation in the due course of business, including direct costs, if any, necessary to make that payment.		
Present (or discounted) value of future cash flows. Long-term receivables are reported at their present or discounted value (discounted at the implicit or historical rate), which is the present value of future cash inflows into which an asset is expected to be converted in due course of business less present values of cash outflows necessary to obtain those inflows. Long-term payables are similarly reported at their present or discounted value (discounted at the implicit or historical rate), which is the present or discounted value of future cash outflows expected to be required to satisfy the liability in due course of business. Assets that are impaired, such as fixed and intangible assets, are valued at the present value of the future cash flows expected to be derived from the assets.
305
Q

When preparing a draft of its year 2 balance sheet, Mont, Inc. reported net assets totaling $875,000. Included in the asset section of the balance sheet were the following: Treasury stock of Mont, Inc. at cost $24,000 Idle machinery $11,200 Cash surrender value of life insurance on corporate executives $13,700
At what amount should Mont’s net assets be reported in the December 31, year 2 balance sheet?
* $851,000
* $850,100
* $842,600
* $834,500

A

$851,000Idle machinery ($11,200) and cash surrender value of life insurance ($13,700) are both assets. The only item listed which should not be included in the asset section of the balance sheet is the treasury stock ($24,000). Although the treasury stock account has a debit balance, it is not an asset; instead, it is reported as a contra equity account. Therefore, the $24,000 must be excluded from the asset section, reducing the net asset amount to $851,000 ($875,000 − $24,000).

306
Q

The premium on a 3-year insurance policy expiring on December 31, year 3, was paid in total on January 1, year 1. Assuming that the original payment was recorded as a prepaid asset, how would total assets and stockholders’ equity be affected during year 3?

  • Total assets would decrease and stockholders’ equity would increase.
  • Both total assets and stockholders’ equity would decrease.
  • Both total assets and stockholders’ equity would increase.
  • Neither total assets nor stockholders’ equity would change.
A

Both total assets and stockholders’ equity would decrease.This answer is correct because when the premium on the 3-year insurance policy was paid in total on January 1, year 1, a prepaid asset was recorded. At the end of each of the next 3 years, one-third of the premium must be amortized to expense using the following journal entry:Insurance expense xxxPrepaid insurance (asset)xxxThe effect of this amortization is to increase expenses (a decrease in stockholders’ equity) and decrease prepaid assets.

307
Q

Wind Co. incurred organization costs of $6,000 at the beginning of its first year of operations. How should Wind treat the organization costs in its financial statements in accordance with GAAP?

  • Never amortized.
  • Amortized over sixty months.
  • Amortized over forty years.
  • Expensed immediately
A

Expensed immediatelyStart-up costs and organization costs should be expensed as incurred.Reporting on the Costs of Start-up ActivitiesASC Topic 720 provides guidance on financial reporting of start-up costs, including organization costs. It requires such costs to be expensed as incurred. Start-up costs are defined as onetime activities related to opening a new facility or new class of customer, initiating a new process in an existing facility, or some new operation. In practice, these are referred to as preopening costs, preoperating costs, and organization costs. Routine ongoing efforts to improve existing quality of products, services, or facilities, are not start-up costs.

308
Q

Which of the following is a component of other comprehensive income?

  • Minimum accrual of vacation pay.
  • Cumulative currency-translation adjustments.
  • Changes in market value of inventory.
  • Unrealized gain or loss on trading securities.
A

Cumulative currency-translation adjustments.Comprehensive income reflects all changes from owner and nonowner sources. The other comprehensive income items are: unrealized G/L on AFS securities, unrealized G/L on pension costs, foreign currency translation adjustments, and unrealized G/L on certain derivative transactions.

309
Q

What is the purpose of reporting comprehensive income?

  • To summarize all changes in equity from nonowner sources.
  • To reconcile the difference between net income and cash flows provided from operating activities.
  • To provide a consolidation of the income of the firm’s segments.
  • To provide information for each segment of the business.
A

To summarize all changes in equity from nonowner sources.The purpose of comprehensive income is to show all changes to equity, including changes that currently are not a required part of net income. Comprehensive income reflects all changes from owner and nonowner sources. The other comprehensive income items are: unrealized G/L on AFS securities, unrealized G/L on pension costs, foreign currency translation adjustments, and unrealized G/L on certain derivative transactions.

310
Q

The accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) beginning balance for the current year was $6,000 dr. Net income for the period is $21,000. During the year the following two other comprehensive income items were recognized:
* foreign currency translation loss, $2,000
* and unrealized gain on securities available for sale, $9,000.
What amount is reported for comprehensive income (CI) for the year, and what is the ending AOCI balance?
* CI = 7,000, AOCI = 1,000 credit
* CI = 28,000, AOCI = 1,000 credit
* CI = 21,000, AOCI = 7,000 credit
* CI = 28,000, AOCI = 6,000 debit

A

CI = 28,000, AOCI = 1,000 creditCI ($28,000) is the sum of income ($21,000) and other comprehensive income (-$2,000 + $9,000 = $7,000). AOCI is the running OE account, which is increased or decreased by other comprehensive income for the period. Ending AOCI = $6,000 dr. - $7,000 other comprehensive income (positive) = $1,000 cr. AOCI began the year with a new loss of $6,000 (debit balance), but the $7,000 positive other comprehensive income for the year turned the beginning dr. balance of AOCI into a net credit of $1,000.

311
Q

Burns Corp. had the following items: Sales revenue $45,000 Loss on early extinguishment of bonds $36,000 Realized gain on sale of available-for-sale securities $28,000 Unrealized holding loss on available-for-sale securities $17,000 Loss on write-down of inventory $3,100
Which of the following amounts would the statement of comprehensive income report as other comprehensive income or loss?
* $11,000 other comprehensive income.
* $16,900 other comprehensive income.
* $17,000 other comprehensive loss.
* $28,100 other comprehensive loss.

A

$17,000 other comprehensive loss.Other comprehensive income is comprised of unrealized gains/losses on available-for-sale securities, minimum pension liability adjustment, foreign currency translation adjustment, and unrealized gains/losses on cash flow hedges. The only other comprehensive income item listed is the $17,000 unrealized gains/losses on available-for-sale securities

312
Q

The Statement of Changes in Equity:

  • Is one of the required financial statements under U.S. GAAP
  • Includes accounts such as the retained earnings and common share accounts but not other comprehensive income items.
  • Is used only if a corporation frequently issues common shares
  • Reconciles all of the beginning and ending balances in the equity accounts.
A

Reconciles all of the beginning and ending balances in the equity accounts.The Statement of Changes in Equity reconciles all of the beginning and ending balances in the equity accounts. The statement shows the opening balance then details all changes in the accounts, ending with the closing balance.

313
Q

The Statement of Changes in Equity shows an increase in the common stock account of $2,000 and an increase in the additional paid-in capital account of $10,000. If the common stock has a par value of $2, and the only transactions affecting these accounts were these issues of common stock, what was the average issue price of the common stock during the year?

  • $2
  • $5
  • $10
  • $12
A

$12If the par value of the stock is $2, and the increase in the common stock account is $2,000, then $2,000/$2 = 1,000 shares issued. The average issue price is the sum of the par value ($2) and the additional paid-in capital ($10,000/1,000 shares, or $10), which totals $12.

314
Q

Assume the fair value option for financial assets and liabilities is not elected. Which of the following would not be an item classified separately under other comprehensive income?

  • Foreign currency items.
  • Adjustments to record funded status of pension plans.
  • Unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities.
  • Gains (losses) on sale of treasury stock.
A

Gains (losses) on sale of treasury stock.Other comprehensive income items should be classified based on their nature. Therefore, there should be separate classifications for foreign currency items, pension liability adjustments, and unrealized gains and losses on certain investments in debt and equity securities. Gains (losses) on the sale of treasury stock result from a transaction with owners in their capacity as owners and are not included in comprehensive income.

315
Q

Which of the following statements is correct regarding reporting comprehensive income?

  • Accumulated other comprehensive income is reported in the stockholders’ equity section of the balance sheet.
  • A separate statement of comprehensive income is required.
  • Comprehensive income must include all changes in stockholders’ equity for the period.
  • Comprehensive income is reported in the year-end statements but not in the interim statements.
A

Accumulated other comprehensive income is reported in the stockholders’ equity section of the balance sheet.The other comprehensive income section does not include changes in all stockholders’ equity accounts. It merely includes those items that are included in comprehensive income.Comprehensive income is the sum of net earnings (loss) and other comprehensive income. It requires disclosure ofchanges during a periodof the following components of other comprehensive income: unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale investments and foreign currency items,reclassification adjustments, gains and losses on the effective portion of cash flow hedges,and any adjustments necessary to recognize the funding status of pension plans or other postemployment benefits.This standard allows the management of an enterprise twochoices for presentingother comprehensive income. These are as follows: At the bottom of the income statement, continue from net income to arrive at a comprehensive income. In a separate statement thatmay start with net income, (illustrated below) and thatdirectlyfollows the statement of income.

316
Q

Which of the following should be disclosed in a summary of significant accounting policies? I.Management’s intention to maintain or vary the dividend payout ratio. II.Criteria for determining which investments are treated as cash equivalents. III.Composition of the sales order backlog by segment.

  • I only.
  • I and III.
  • II only.
  • II and III.
A

II.Criteria for determining which investments are treated as cash equivalents ONLY.Disclosure of accounting policies should identify and describe the accounting principles followed by the reporting entity and the methods of applying those principles that materially affect the determination of financial position, cash flow, or results of operations. However, financial statement disclosure of accounting policies should not duplicate details presented elsewhere as part of the financial statements.In this problem, both (I) management’s intention to vary the dividend payout ratio and (III) the composition of the sales order backlog by segment are not required to be disclosed under Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. As such, these should not be disclosed in a summary of significant accounting policies. An enterprise shall disclose its policy for determining which items are treated as cash equivalents. Thus, the criteria for determining which investments are treated as cash equivalents (II) should be disclosed in a summary of significant accounting policies.

317
Q

Which of the following facts concerning plant assets should be disclosed in the summary of significant accounting policies? Composition Depreciation expense amount

A

Composition - NO Depreciation expense amount - NO
Accounting policies footnote should not duplicate information reported elsewhere in the FS.ASC Topic 235 states that disclosure of accounting policies should identify and describe the accounting principles and the methods of applying them. Information and details presented elsewhere as a part of the financial statements should not be repeated. Thus, the depreciation expense amount should not be disclosed in the summary of significant accounting policies. ASC Topic 235-10-50-5 specifically states that composition of plant assets should not be presented.

318
Q

Financial statements shall include disclosures of material transactions between related partiesexcept

  • Nonmonetary exchanges by affiliates.
  • Sales of inventory by a subsidiary to its parent.
  • Expense allowances for executives which exceed normal business practice.
  • A company’s agreement to act as surety for a loan to its chief executive officer.
A

Sales of inventory by a subsidiary to its parent.ASC Topic 850 requires disclosure of any material related-party transactions except Compensation agreements, expense allowances, and similar items in the ordinary course of business. Transactions which are eliminated in the preparation of consolidated or combined financial statements.
Since sales of inventory between subsidiary and parent are eliminated in preparing consolidated financial statements, such sales need not be disclosed as a related-party transaction.

319
Q

According to the FASB’s conceptual framework, comprehensive income includes which of the following? Operating income Investments by owners

A

Operating income - YES Investments by owners - NO
Per SFAC 6, comprehensive income consists not only of its basic components (revenues, expenses, gains, and losses) but also the various intermediate components or measures that result from combining the basic components (e.g., income from continuing operations). SFAC 6 further states that over the life of an entity comprehensive income equals the net of its cash receipts and cash outlays, excluding cash invested by owners or distributed to owners. Note that under ASC Topic 220 this statement would not hold because corrections of errors and certain changes in accounting principles are still reported in retained earnings. Thus, ASC Topic 220 does not fully implement comprehensive income as defined in SFAC 6.CloseRevenues, expenses, gains, and losses are used to computeearnings. Earnings is the extent to which revenues and gains associated with cash-to-cash cycles substantially completed during the period exceed expenses and losses directly or indirectly associated with those cycles. Earnings adjusted for cumulative accounting adjustments and other nonowner changes in equity (such as foreign currency translation adjustments) iscomprehensive income. Per SFAC 5, comprehensive income would reflect all changes in the equity of an entity during a period, except investments by owners and distributions to owners.

320
Q

How should an unusual event not meeting the current criteria for an extraordinary item be disclosed in the financial statements?

  • Shown as a separate item in operating revenues or expenses and supplemented by a footnote if deemed appropriate.
  • Shown in operating revenues or expenses but not shown as a separate item.
  • Shown after ordinary net earnings but before extraordinary items.
  • Shown after extraordinary items net of income tax but before net earnings.
A

Shown as a separate item in operating revenues or expenses and supplemented by a footnote if deemed appropriate.Items unusual in nature or infrequent in occurrence are to be disclosed separately in the operating section of the income statement and also may be supplemented by a footnote. Note that such items should not be shown net of income taxes.Definition -An unusual or infrequent event considered to be material that does not qualify as extraordinaryPlacement on income statementor retainedearnings statement -Placed as part of income from continuing operations after normal recurring revenues and expenses

321
Q

If a company issues both a balance sheet and an income statement with comparative figures from last year, a statement of cash flows

  • Is no longer necessary, but may be issued at the company’s option.
  • Should not be issued.
  • Should be issued for each period for which an income statement is presented.
  • Should be issued for the current year only.
A

Should be issued for each period for which an income statement is presented.When a balance sheet, income statement, and statement of retained earnings are issued, a statement of cash flows must be presented for each period for which an income statement is presented.

322
Q

Accumulated other comprehensive income is reported in which of the following financial statements?

  • The income statement.
  • The statement of comprehensive income.
  • The statement of cash flows.
  • The statement of financial position.
A

The statement of financial position.Accumulated other comprehensive income is a permanent account and is reported in the statement of financial position. Changes in the account are reported in the statement of comprehensive income.

323
Q

When there is a change in the reporting entity, how should the change be reported in the financial statements?

  • Prospectively, including note disclosures.
  • Retrospectively, including note disclosures, and application to all prior period financial statements presented.
  • Currently, including note disclosures.
  • Note disclosures only.
A

Retrospectively, including note disclosures, and application to all prior period financial statements presented.Changes in reporting entities are required to be accounting for retrospectively similar to changes in accounting principle.

324
Q

Users of prospective financial information can include I.General users with whom the responsible party is not negotiating directly. II.The responsible party. III.Third parties with whom the responsible party is negotiating directly.

  • I, II, and III.
  • II and III.
  • II.
  • None of the statements.
A

I, II, and III.Prospective financial information can be used by general users with whom the responsible party is not negotiating directly, the responsible party, and third parties with whom the responsible party is negotiating directly.Prospective Financial InformationDefinitions:
Prospective financial information–any financial information about the future
Responsible party–person(s), usually management, who are responsible for assumptions underlying the information
Users of prospective financial information:
* General–use of FS by parties with whom responsible party is not negotiating directly
* Limited use–use of prospective financial information by the responsible party only or by responsible party and third parties with whom responsible party is negotiating directly

325
Q

According to ASC Topic 250, the cumulative effect of changing to a new accounting principle should be included in net income of Future periods The period of change

A

Future periods - NO The period of change - NO
A change in accounting principle is accounted for through retrospective application to all prior periods, unless it is impracticable to do so.An entity may change accounting principles only if the change is required by a newly issued accounting pronouncement, or if the entity can justify the use of the alternative accounting principle because it is preferable. A change in accounting principle is accounted for through retrospective application of the new accounting principle to all prior periods, unless it is impracticable to do so. Retrospective changes require the following:
* The cumulative effects of the change are presented in the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities as ofthe beginning of the first period presented.
* An offsetting adjustment is made to the opening balance of retained earnings for that period (the beginning of the first period presented).
* Financial statements for each individual prior period presented are adjusted to reflect theperiod-specific effectsof applying the new accounting principle.
Only thedirect effectsof the change are recognized.

326
Q

SEC’s regulation S-X describes

  • The form and content of financial statements to be filed with the SEC.
  • The requirements for information and forms required by other regulations.
  • The reporting requirements for asset-backed securities.
  • A mandate that publicly traded companies disclose material information to all investors simultaneously.
A

The form and content of financial statements to be filed with the SEC. Regulation S-Xdescribes the form and content of financial statements filed with the SEC Regulation S-Kdescribes the requirements for information and forms required by Regulation S-X. Regulation ABdescribes reporting requirements for asset-backed securities. Regulation Fair Disclosure (FD)mandates that publicly traded companies disclose material information to all investors simultaneously.

327
Q

When computing information on a historical cost-constant dollar basis, which of the following is classified as nonmonetary?

  • Accumulated depreciation of equipment.
  • Advances to unconsolidated subsidiaries.
  • Allowance for doubtful accounts.
  • Unamortized premium on bonds payable.
A

Accumulated depreciation of equipment.ASC Topic 255, nonmonetary items include assets and liabilities whose amounts may change over time in terms of a monetary unit (e.g., the U.S. dollar). Examples of nonmonetary assets and liabilities included inventory, property, plant, equipment, and obligations under warranties. Accumulated depreciation is a nonmonetary item because it relates to equipment.The holding of a nonmonetary asset such as land during a period of inflation need not result in a loss of purchasing power because the value of that land can “flow” with the price level (hence, the need for restatement). However, if a monetary asset such as cash is held during a period of inflation with no interest, purchasing power is lost because the cash will be able to purchase less goods and services at year-end than at the beginning of the year. This type of loss is simply called a “purchasing power loss.” Holding a monetary liability has the opposite effect. Therefore, if a firm’s balance sheet included more monetary liabilities than monetary assets throughout a given year, a purchasing powergainwould result, since the firm could pay its liabilities using cash which is “worth less” than the cash they borrowed.

328
Q

The fair value option election applies to all of the following itemsexceptfor

  • Pensions.
  • Long-term notes payable.
  • Warranties that can be settled by paying a third party.
  • Held-to-maturity investments.
A

Pensions.ASC Topic 825 provides that the fair value option does not apply to pensions.

329
Q

In single period statements, which of the following should be reflected as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings?

  • Effect of a failure to provide for uncollectible accounts in the previous period.
  • Effect of a decrease in the estimated useful life of depreciable equipment.
  • Results from the disposal of a discontinued segment.
  • Cumulative effect of a change from an accelerated method to straight-line depreciation.
A

Effect of a failure to provide for uncollectible accounts in the previous period.The correction of an error in the financial statements of a prior period which is discovered after issuance should be reported as a prior period adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings. Such errors are described in and include oversights or misuse of facts that existed at the time the financial statements were prepared. Failure to provide for uncollectible accounts would be such an error.

330
Q

The following conditions or events are to be examined to evaluate an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern:

  • Current financial condition, conditional obligations due, and funds for investing activities.
  • Past financial condition, unconditional obligations due, and funds for investing activities.
  • Current financial condition, conditional and unconditional obligations due, and funds necessary to maintain operations.
  • Past financial condition, conditional obligations due, and funds necessary to maintain operations.
A

Current financial condition, conditional and unconditional obligations due, and funds necessary to maintain operations.Conditions or events to examine when evaluating an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern include the entity’s current financial condition, conditional and unconditional obligations dues, and funds necessary to maintain operations.

331
Q

Which of the followingmustbe included in a company’s summary of significant accounting policies in the notes to the financial statements?

  • Description of current year equity transactions.
  • Summary of long-term debt outstanding.
  • Schedule of fixed assets.
  • Revenue recognition policies.
A

Revenue recognition policies.According to ASC Topic 235, revenue recognition policies are included in the summary of significant accounting policies in the notes to the financial statements.

332
Q

Envoy Co. manufactures and sells household products. Envoy experienced losses associated with its small appliance group. Operations and cash flows for this group can be clearly distinguished from the rest of Envoy’s operations. Envoy plans to sell the small appliance group with its operations. This represents a strategic shift. What is the earliest point at which Envoy should report the small appliance group as a discontinued operation?

  • When Envoy classifies it as held-for-sale.
  • When Envoy receives an offer for the segment.
  • When Envoy first sells any of the assets of the segment.
  • When Envoy sells the majority of the assets of the segment.
A

When Envoy classifies it as held-for-sale.The earliest point at which Envoy should report the small appliance group as a discontinued operation is when Envoy classifies it as held-for-sale.Many of the assets disposed of as discontinued operations are long-lived assets. Such assets are subject to the requirements of ASC Topic 205. Accordingly, the component is classified as discontinued operations in the first period that it meets the criteria as being “held for sale”:a.Management commits to a plan of disposalb.The assets are available for salec.An active program to locate a buyer have been initiatedd.The sale is probablee.The asset is being actively marketed for sale at a fair pricef.It is unlikely that the disposal plan will significantly changeTo be reported as discontinued operations, the disposal must represent a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results. ASC Topic 205 also requires (1) the operations and cash flows of the component have been (or will be) eliminated from the ongoing operations of the entity as a result of the disposal, and (2) the entity will not have any significant involvement in the operations of the component after disposal.

333
Q

Watson Company acquired available-for-sale securities at a cost of $150,000 in year 1. At December 31, year 1, the securities had a market value of $172,000. In year 2, Watson sold all of its available-for-sale securities for $185,000. Watson does not elect the fair value option for reporting its available-for-sale securities. As a result of the information presented, what amount of gain should be reported in Watson’s net income for year 1 and year 2? Ignore income taxes. Income statement for year 1 Income statement for year 2

A

Income statement for year 1 - $0 Income statement for year 2 - $35,000
The amount of gain reported in Watson’s net income would be $0 for year 1 and $35,000 for year 2. The gain reported in net income for year 2 is the excess of the selling price of $185,000 over the cost of $150,000. The unrealized gain of $22,000 ($172,000 less $150,000) for year 1 is reported as a component of other comprehensive income in year 1. Since the securities were available-for-sale, unrealized gains and losses prior to their sale are not reported in net income. This is why there was $0 reported for the gain in year 1.

334
Q

In Dart Co.’s year 2 single-step income statement, as prepared by Dart’s controller, the section titled “Revenues” consisted of the following: Sales $250,000 Purchase discounts $3,000 Recovery of accounts written off $10,000 Total revenues $263,000
In its year 2 single-step income statement, what amount should Dart report as total revenues?
* $250,000
* $253,000
* $260,000
* $263,000

A

$250,000Total revenues recognized on an income statement are calculated as sales less sales returns and allowances, sales discounts, and estimated allowance for returns. The purchase discounts account is a contra account to purchases, and is not used in the calculation of net sales. Recovery of accounts written off requires an entry to reinstate the account receivable, and a second entry to record the payment. It does not affect total revenues. Therefore, total revenue is equal to the sales amount of $250,000.

335
Q

According to ASC 820, the market that maximizes the price received for the asset is the

  • Most advantageous market.
  • Most relevant market.
  • Independent market.
  • Principal market.
A

Most advantageous market.
* Theprincipal marketis a market in which the greatest volume and level of activity occurs. Themost advantageous marketmaximizes price received for the asset or minimizes the amount paid to transfer the liability.

336
Q

The correction of an error in the financial statements of a prior period should be reflected, net of applicable income taxes, in the current

  • Income statement after income from continuing operations and before extraordinary items.
  • Income statement after income from continuing operations and after extraordinary items.
  • Retained earnings statement as an adjustment of the opening balance.
  • Retained earnings statement after net income but before dividends.
A

Retained earnings statement as an adjustment of the opening balance.The correction of an error in the financial statements of a prior period is a prior period adjustment which is to be shown net of tax as an adjustment to the beginning balance of retained earnings.ASC Topic 250 defines accounting errors as errors in recognition, measurement, presentation, or disclosure in the financial statements. An error can occur from mathematical mistakes, mistakes in applying GAAP, or oversight of facts that existed when the financial statements were prepared. A change in accounting principle from non-GAAP to GAAP is also a correction of an error.An error in the financial statements is treated as a prior period adjustment by restating the prior period financial statements. The cumulative effect of the error is reflected in the carrying value of assets and liabilities at the beginning of the first period presented, with an offsetting adjustment to the opening balance in retained earnings for that period. Financial statements for each period presented are then adjusted to reflect the correction of the period-specific effects of the error.A footnote should disclose that the previously issued financial statements were restated, along with a description of the error. In addition, the line item effects of the error and any per share amounts must also be disclosed for each period presented. Footnote disclosures must also indicate the cumulative effect of the change on retained earnings or other components of equity or net assets at the beginning of the earliest period presented.The entity should also disclose the gross effects and net effects of applicable income taxes on the net income of the prior period, as well as the effects on retained earnings and net income for each of the periods presented. The amount of income tax applicable to each prior period adjustment must also be disclosed. Once the correction of the error is disclosed, the financial statements of subsequent years do not need to repeat the disclosures.

337
Q

Which of the following items doesnotrequire fair value measurement for reporting on the balance sheet?

  • Asset impairments.
  • Treasury stock.
  • Business combinations.
  • Goodwill.
A

Treasury stock.ASC Topic 820 provides rules for measuring the fair value of balance sheet items such as asset impairments, business combinations, and goodwill.Fair value measurements.Fair value measurements are required for certain assets and liabilities (investments, derivatives, asset impairments, asset retirement obligations, goodwill, business combinations, troubled debt restructuring).Applying the fair value measurement approach involves the following six steps: Identify the asset or liability to be measured. Determine the principal or most advantageous market. Determine the valuation premise. Determine the appropriate valuation technique (market, income, or cost approach). Obtain inputs for valuation (Level 1, Level 2, or Level 3). Calculate the fair value of the asset.
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (at exit price) under current market conditions. An orderly transaction is a transaction that allows for normal marketing activities that are usual and customary. In other words, it is not a forced transaction or sale.

338
Q

Substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern:

  • Must be evaluated by management on an interim and annual basis.
  • Is an evaluation for auditors to make, not management.
  • Is an optional evaluation for management.
  • Must be evaluated by management on an annual basis only.
A

Must be evaluated by management on an interim and annual basis.Substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern must be evaluated by management on an interim and annual basis.

339
Q

In single period statements, which of the following should be reflected as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings?

  • Effect of a failure to provide for uncollectible accounts in the previous period.
  • Effect of a decrease in the estimated useful life of depreciable equipment.
  • Results from the disposal of a discontinued segment.
  • Cumulative effect of a change from an accelerated method to straight-line depreciation.
A

Effect of a failure to provide for uncollectible accounts in the previous period.The correction of an error in the financial statements of a prior period which is discovered after issuance should be reported as a prior period adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings. Such errors are described in and include oversights or misuse of facts that existed at the time the financial statements were prepared. Failure to provide for uncollectible accounts would be such an error.Emphasis is on Error vs. Estimate

340
Q

Assume a firm elects to early adopt ASU 2015-01—Extraordinary and Unusual Items. Unusual and infrequently occurring events are reported as:

  • An extraordinary item appearing net-of-tax as a separate line item below income from continuing operations.
  • An extraordinary item appearing net-of-tax within income from continuing operations.
  • A separate line item appearing within income from continuing operations.
  • A separate line item appearing below income from continuing operations.
A

A separate line item appearing within income from continuing operations.ASU 2015-01 requires items previously classified as extraordinary to be included as a separate line item within income from continuing operations.Elimination of extraordinary item classification—potential testing due to early adoption.(1)ASU 2015-01 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Firms could choose to early adopt. Until the effective date, the CPA exam could test both the current rule and the change.(2)The concept of extraordinary items is eliminated and replaced by the concept of unusual or infrequently occurring items. The master glossary will be amended by removing the term, “extraordinary item,” and including the following:(a)Infrequency of occurrence—exists when the underlying transaction or event would not reasonably be expected to recur in the foreseeable future taking into account the entity’s operating environment.(b)Unusual nature—exists when a transaction or event possesses a high degree of abnormality and is clearly unrelated, or incidental to, typical entity activities.(3)Items considered unusual, infrequently occurring or both are to be reported as a separate item within income from continuing operations or disclosed in the notes to the financial statements.(a)Individually immaterial similar gains and losses shall be aggregated.(b)Items shallnotbe reported net of income tax and EPS impacts shallnotbe reported separately.(4)Adoption may be on a prospective or retrospective basis.(a)For prospective adoption, disclose the nature and amount of an item previously classified as an extraordinary to be included in income from continuing operations.(b)For retrospective adoption, follow the new guidance disclosure rules by disclosing the nature and financial effects of each event or transaction that is unusual in nature or occurs infrequently or both. Disclosure may occur in the notes to the financial statements or as a separate line item presented within continuing operations.

341
Q

Which of the following facts concerning inventories should be disclosed in the summary of significant accounting policies? Composition Pricing

A

Composition - NO Pricing - YES
ASC Topic 235, inventory pricing would be considered a significant accounting policy. Additionally, ASC Topic 235 states that financial statement disclosure of accounting policies should not duplicate details (e.g., composition of inventories or of plant assets) presented elsewhere as part of the financial statements.Accounting policiesmust be set forth as the initial footnote to the statements. Disclosures are required of: Accounting principles used when alternatives exist Principles peculiar to a particular industry Unusual or innovative applications of accounting principles

342
Q

Where on the statement of financial position (balance sheet) should accumulated other comprehensive income be reported?

  • As a component of retained earnings.
  • As a separate item under stockholders’ equity.
  • As part of additional paid-in capital.
  • As a contra asset account.
A

As a separate item under stockholders’ equity.Accumulated other comprehensive income shall be reported in the stockholders’ equity section in the statement of financial position (balance sheet).

343
Q

According to ASC Topic 820, the fair value of an asset should be based upon

  • The price that would be paid to acquire the asset.
  • The price that would be paid to replace the asset.
  • The price that would be received to sell the asset.
  • The price that the item is appraised at balance sheet date.
A

The price that would be received to sell the asset.ASC Topic 820 requires that the fair value of an asset be based upon the price that would be received to sell the asset, which is an exit price.

344
Q

Required disclosures for an entity with plans that mitigate/alleviate substantial doubt regarding its ability to continue as a going concern include all of the followingexcept:

  • Conditions giving rise to the substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern.
  • Management’s evaluation of the significance of the conditions or events.
  • Management’s plan that alleviated the substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a gong concern.
  • Management’s intended plans to alleviate substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern.
A

Management’s intended plans to alleviate substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern.Conditions giving rise to substantial doubt, management’s evaluation of the significance of the events, and management’s plans that alleviated the doubt are all required disclosures when an entity has alleviated substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s intended plans are disclosed when substantial doubt has not been alleviated.

345
Q

Which SEC form discloses information about material events?

  • Form S-1
  • Form 8-K
  • Form 10-K
  • Form 10-Q
A

Form 8-K

  • Regulation S-Xdescribes the form and content of financial statements filed with the SEC
  • Regulation S-Kdescribes the requirements for information and forms required by Regulation S-X.
  • Regulation ABdescribes reporting requirements for asset-backed securities.
  • Regulation Fair Disclosure (FD)mandates that publicly traded companies disclose material information to all investors simultaneously.
  • Form S-1/F-1- registration statement for U.S./foreign companies.
  • Form 8-K /6-K- information about material events for U.S./foreign companies.
  • Form 10-K/20F– annual report for U.S./foreign companies.
346
Q

Which of the following should be disclosed in the summary of significant accounting policies?

  • Composition of plant assets.
  • Pro forma effect of retroactive application of an accounting change.
  • Basis of consolidation.
  • Maturity dates of long-term debt.
A

Basis of consolidation.ASC Topic 235 states that the summary of significant accounting policies should encompass those accounting principles and methods that involve a selection from existing acceptable alternatives (or are peculiar to the industry in which the entity operates). Of the answers listed, only basis of consolidation involves a choice among acceptable methods.

347
Q

In a period of rising general price levels, Pollard Corp. discloses income on a current cost basis in accordance with ASC Topic 255,Changing Prices.Compared to historical cost income from continuing operations, which of the following conditions increases Pollard’s current cost income from continuing operations?

  • Current cost of equipment is greater than historical cost.
  • Current cost of land is greater than historical cost.
  • Current cost of cost of goods sold is less than historical cost.
  • Ending net monetary assets are less than beginning net monetary assets.
A

Current cost of cost of goods sold is less than historical cost.Current Cost Income Statement
* Sales xxx
* Cost of goods sold xxx
* Current cost income from continuing operations xxx
* Realized holding gain (loss) xxx
* Realized income xxx
* Unrealized holding gain (loss) (xxx)
* Current cost net income xxx
Current cost income from continuing operations is sales revenue less expenses on a current basis. Realized holding gains (losses), the difference between current cost and historical costs of assets consumed, are then added (subtracted) to arrive at realized income (loss). Realized income (loss) is always the same as historical net income (loss). Finally, unrealized holding gains (increases in the current cost of assets held during the year) are included to arrive at current cost net income. Therefore, if current cost of goods sold is less than historical cost of goods sold, then current cost income from continuing operations will be increased compared to historical cost income from operations.

348
Q

ASC Topic 255 requires that the current cost for inventories be measured as the

  • Recoverable amount regardless of the current cost.
  • Current cost regardless of the recoverable amount.
  • Higher of current cost or recoverable amount.
  • Lower of current cost or recoverable amount.
A

Lower of current cost or recoverable amount.ASC Topic 255 requires that the current cost for inventories be measured at the lower of current cost or recoverable amount at the measurement date.

349
Q

The effect of a material transaction that is infrequent in occurrence but not unusual in nature should be presented separately as a component of income from continuing operations when the transaction results in a Gain Loss

A

Gain - YES Loss - YES
A material event or transaction which is considered to be unusual in nature or infrequent in occurrence (but not both) that results in either a gain or a loss should be presented as a separate component of income from continuing operations.

350
Q

On July 1, year 1, an erupting volcano destroyed Coastal Corporation’s operating plant, resulting in a loss of $1,500,000, of which only $500,000 was covered by insurance. Coastal’s income tax rate is 30%. How should this event be shown in Coastal’s income statement for the year ended December 31, year 1?

  • As an operating loss of $700,000, net of $300,000 income tax.
  • As an extraordinary loss of $700,000, net of $300,000 income tax.
  • As an operating loss of $1,000,000.
  • As an extraordinary loss of $1,000,000.
A

As an extraordinary loss of $700,000, net of $300,000 income tax.This answer is correct. To qualify as an extraordinary item an event must be both unusual and infrequent. A volcanic eruption would generally meet these criteria. Extraordinary items should be shown net of taxes in a separate section in the income statement.

  • Loss from volcano ($1,500,000 − $500,000) $1,000,000
  • Less: Tax effect (30% tax rate) ($300,000)
  • Net loss after tax effect $700,000
351
Q

Comprehensive income is defined as

  • Changes in equity for a period resulting from all sources.
  • Changes in retained earnings for a period resulting from owner sources.
  • Changes in equity for a period from all sources except those by nonowner sources.
  • Net income plus other comprehensive income.
A

Net income plus other comprehensive income.Comprehensive income is the sum of net earnings (loss) and other comprehensive income. It requires disclosure ofchanges during a periodof the following components of other comprehensive income: unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale investments and foreign currency items,reclassification adjustments, gains and losses on the effective portion of cash flow hedges,and any adjustments necessary to recognize the funding status of pension plans or other postemployment benefits.

352
Q

ASC Topic 220,Comprehensive Income,applies to which of the following entities? I.Enterprises that develop a full set of financial statements which report cash flows, results of operations, and financial position. II.All enterprises even if no items classified as other comprehensive income exist for the periods presented. III.Not-for-profit organizations that follow the reporting requirements of ASC Topic 958 (SFAS 117).

A

I ONLY.ASC Topic 220 applies to enterprises that develop a full set of financial statements which report cash flows, results of operations, and financial position.

353
Q

Jordan Co. had the following gains during the current period: Gain on disposal of business segment $500,000 Foreign currency translation gain $100,000
What amount of extraordinary gain should be presented on Jordan’s income statement for the current period?
* $0
* $100,000
* $500,000
* $600,000

A

$0An extraordinary gain is included on the income statement if the gain is both infrequent in occurrence and unusual in nature. A gain on disposal of a business segment should be included on the income statement in the calculation of the gain or loss from discontinued operations. A foreign currency translation gain is recorded in other comprehensive income for the period. Neither item is treated as an extraordinary item on the income statement.

354
Q

Dex Co. has entered into a joint venture with an affiliate to secure access to additional inventory. Under the joint venture agreement, Dex will purchase the output of the venture at prices negotiated on an arm’s-length basis. Which of the following is(are) required to be disclosed about the related-party transaction?I.The amount due to the affiliate at the balance sheet date.II.The dollar amount of the purchases during the year.

  • I only.
  • II only.
  • Both I and II.
  • Neither I nor II.
A

BOTH.Per ASC Topic 850, for related-party transactions an entity must disclose the nature of the relationship involved, a description of the transactions, the dollar amounts of the transactions for each of the periods, amounts due from or to related parties as of each balance sheet date, and the terms and manner of settlement.

355
Q

Which of the following isnotnormally an example of an exit activity?

  • Sale or termination of a line of business.
  • Changes in management structure.
  • Relocation of business activities from one location to another.
  • Outsourcing a customer service.
A

Outsourcing a customer service.This would normally not be of sufficient significance to constitute an exit activity.An exit activity includes but is not limited to restructurings which are programs that are planned and controlled by management, and materially changes either
* The scope of a business undertaken by the company, or
* The manner in which that business is conducted
* Examples include:
Sale or termination of line of business Closure of business activities at a particular location Relocation of business activities from one location to another Changes in management structure Fundamental reorganization of the business

356
Q

Giaconda, Inc. acquires an asset for which it will measure the fair value by discounting future cash flows of the asset. Which of the following terms best describes this fair value measurement approach?

  • Market.
  • Income.
  • Cost.
  • Observable inputs.
A

Income.Three valuation techniques can be used to measure fair value: the market approach uses prices and relevant information from market transactions for identical or comparable assets or liabilities; the income approach converts future amounts to a single current (discounted) amount; and the cost approach relies on the current replacement cost to replace the asset with a comparable asset, adjusted for obsolescence. This answer is correct because the income approach relies on discounting cash flows.

357
Q

On March 21, year 2, a company with a calendar year-end issued its year 1 financial statements. On February 28, year 2, the company’s only manufacturing plant was severely damaged by a storm and had to be shut down. Total property losses were $10 million and determined to be material. The amount of business disruption losses is unknown. How should the impact of the storm be reflected in the company’s year 1 financial statements?

  • Provide no information related to the storm losses in the financial statements until losses and expenses become fully known.
  • Accrue and disclose the property loss withnoaccrual or disclosure of the business disruption loss.
  • Donotaccrue the property loss or the business disruption loss, but disclose them in the notes to the financial statements.
  • Accrue and disclose the property loss and additional business disruption losses in the financial statements.
A

Donotaccrue the property loss or the business disruption loss, but disclose them in the notes to the financial statements.Subsequent events are of two types: (1) those that relate to the current financial statements but come to light after year-end, and (2) those that come to light after year-end and relate to the next year’s financial statements. The first situation may require accrual but the second situation requires disclosure only if it is material. In this case, the company’s only manufacturing plant was shut down in February of year 2. Since this event occurred after year-end, no accrual is necessary. However it would qualify as a subsequent event requiring disclosure.

358
Q

Assume a firm elects to early adopt ASU 2015-01—Extraordinary and Unusual Items. Extraordinary item presentation (net-of-tax) has:

  • Not changed from current rules.
  • Been eliminated.
  • Been eliminated from the net-of-tax income statement presentation but may still be presented in EPS.
  • Been eliminated from EPS reporting but may still appear in the income statement (net of tax) below income from continuing operations.
A

Been eliminated.ASU 2015-01 eliminates extraordinary item classification.

359
Q

Which of the following activities isnotconsidered a plan/method to alleviate an entity’s doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern?

  • Disposals.
  • Borrowings.
  • Stock issuances.
  • Stock purchases.
A

Stock purchases.Stock purchases results in more cash outflow. Disposals, borrowings, restructurings, extended payment terms, and increasing ownership equity are considered a method to alleviate an entity’s doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern.

360
Q

A company that is a large accelerated filer must file its Form 10-Q with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission within how many days after the end of the period?

  • 30 days.
  • 40 days.
  • 45 days.
  • 60 days.
A

40 days.Form 10-Qs are due 40 days after the end of the fiscal quarter for accelerated filers and45 days after the end of the fiscal quarter for all other companies.Form 10-Ks are due 60 days after the end of the fiscal year for large accelerated filers (more than $700 million of aggregate worldwide market value of voting and nonvoting common stock), 75 days after the end of the fiscal year for accelerated files (between $70 million of aggregated worldwide market value of voting and nonvoting common stock), and 90 days after the end of the fiscal year for all other companies.

361
Q

Which of the followingbestdescribes the content of the SEC Form 10-Q?

  • Quarterly audited financial information and other information about the company.
  • Annual audited financial information and nonfinancial information about the company.
  • Disclosure of material events that affect the company.
  • Quarterly reviewed financial information and other information about the company.
A

Quarterly reviewed financial information and other information about the company.Quarterly report (Form 10-Q) provides quarterly information similar to that in the 10-K but in less detail. It includes quarterly financial statements that are reviewed (not audited) by public accountants. The company files three Form 10-Qs every year and the Form 10-K contains the quarterly results for the fourth quarter.

362
Q

The following conditions or events are to be examined to evaluate an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern:

  • Current financial condition, conditional obligations due, and funds for investing activities.
  • Past financial condition, unconditional obligations due, and funds for investing activities.
  • Current financial condition, conditional and unconditional obligations due, and funds necessary to maintain operations.
  • Past financial condition, conditional obligations due, and funds necessary to maintain operations.
A

Current financial condition, conditional and unconditional obligations due, and funds necessary to maintain operations.Conditions or events to examine when evaluating an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern include the entity’s current financial condition, conditional and unconditional obligations dues, and funds necessary to maintain operations.

363
Q

Which of the following statements istrueregarding the fair value option for valuing financial assets and liabilities?

  • The fair value option can be applied to a portion of a financial instrument.
  • Unrealized gains and losses from reporting items using the fair value option are reported in other comprehensive income for the period.
  • The fair value option can be elected on an instrument-by-instrument basis.
  • The fair value option cannot be applied to insurance contracts.
A

The fair value option can be elected on an instrument-by-instrument basis.The fair value option can be elected on an instrument-by-instrument basis. Once the fair value option is elected, it is irrevocable However, if the fair value option is elected, it must be applied to the entire instrument and not a portion of the instrument.

364
Q

Ball Corporation had the following infrequent gains during year 1: $240,000 gain on sale of a plant facility; Ball continues similar operations at another location. $90,000 gain on repayment of a long-term note denominated in a foreign currency. $190,000 gain on reacquisition and retirement of bonds.
In its year 1 income statement, how much should Ball report as total infrequent gains which are not considered extraordinary?
* $520,000
* $430,000
* $330,000
* $280,000

A

$520,000Extraordinary items are material items which are both unusual in nature and infrequent in occurrence. Neither a sale of plant facility nor a foreign currency transaction is unusual in nature. Therefore, these two items would be reported as infrequent but not extraordinary. In addition, the gain on retirement of debt is no longer classified as extraordinary. Note that the sale of the plant facility is not classified as discontinued operations because similar operations are carried on at another location.

365
Q

Comprehensive income can be displayed in the financial statements in I.A separate statement that begins with other comprehensive income. II.A separate statement that begins with net income. III.A continuation of net income presented at the bottom of the income statement. IV.Part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity
I and III and IIIII and IIIIII and IV

A

2 and 3.Comprehensive income can be displayed in the financial statements either as a separate statement that begins with net income or as a continuation of net income presentedat the bottom of the income statement. Comprehensive income can no longer be displayed as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity.

366
Q

According to ASC Topic 250, the cumulative effect of changing to a new accounting principle should be included in net income of Future periods The period of change

A

NEITHER.A change in accounting principle is accounted for through retrospective application to all prior periods, unless it is impracticable to do so. The cumulative effects of the change are presented in the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities as ofthe beginning of the first period presented.
An offsetting adjustment is made to the opening balance of retained earnings for that period (the beginning of the first period presented).
Financial statements for each individual prior period presented are adjusted to reflect theperiod-specific effectsof applying the new accounting principle.

367
Q

What is a reclassification adjustment as used when reporting comprehensive income?

  • Adjustment made to avoid double counting items.
  • Adjustment made to reclassify an item of comprehensive income as another item of comprehensive income.
  • Adjustment made to make net income equal to comprehensive income.
  • Adjustment made to adjust for the income tax effect of reporting comprehensive income.
A

Adjustment made to avoid double counting items.A reclassification adjustment is an adjustment made to avoid double counting in comprehensive income items that are displayed as part of net income for a period that also had been displayed as part of other comprehensive income in that period or earlier periods.

368
Q

Taft Inc. began operations in year 1. For the year ended December 31, year 1, the company reported the following information: Net income $300,000 Dividends paid on common stock $40,000 Unrealized loss from available-for-sale securities ($42,000) Credit translation adjustments $17,000
Taft does not elect the fair value option for reporting its financial assets. Taft Inc. has comprehensive income in year 1 of
* $275,000
* $258,000
* $235,000
* $317,000

A

$275,000Taft’s comprehensive income for year 1 is $275,000. Comprehensive income for year 1 consists of the following amounts:

  • Net income for year 1$300,000
  • Other comprehensive loss:
  • Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities ($42,000)
  • Translation adjustments$ 17,000 ($25,000)
  • Comprehensive income for year 1$275,000
369
Q

The following expenses were among those incurred by Sayre Company during year 1. Accounting and legal fees $160,000 Interest $60,000 Loss on sale of office equipment $25,000 Rent for office space $200,000
One-quarter of the rented premises is occupied by the sales department. How much of the expenses listed above should be included in Sayre’s general and administrative expenses for year 1?
* $310,000
* $335,000
* $360,000
* $370,000

A

$310,000The accounting and legal fees ($160,000) and the portion of office rent not allocable to sales (3/4 × $200,000 = $150,000) are all considered general and administrative expenses. Therefore, general and administrative expense should be $310,000 ($160,000 + $150,000). In addition, the interest expense ($60,000) would be included with financial expense or other expenses. The $25,000 loss on the sale of office equipment should be included in other expenses and losses. The office rent for the sales department (1/4 × $200,000 = $50,000) is an operating expense and included in selling expenses rather than general and administrative expenses.

370
Q

Watson Company acquired available-for-sale securities at a cost of $150,000 in year 1. At December 31, year 1, the securities had a market value of $172,000. In year 2, Watson sold all of its available-for-sale securities for $185,000. Watson does not elect the fair value option for reporting its available-for-sale securities. As a result of the information presented, what amount of gain should be reported in Watson’s net income for year 1 and year 2? Ignore income taxes. Income statement for year 1 Income statement for year 2

A

Income statement for year 1 - $0 Income statement for year 2 - $35,000
The amount of gain reported in Watson’s net income would be $0 for year 1 and $35,000 for year 2. The gain reported in net income for year 2 is the excess of the selling price of $185,000 over the cost of $150,000. The unrealized gain of $22,000 ($172,000 less $150,000) for year 1 is reported as a component of other comprehensive income in year 1. Since the securities were available-for-sale, unrealized gains and losses prior to their sale are not reported in net income. This is why there was $0 reported for the gain in year 1.

371
Q

Assume a firm elects early adoption of ASU 2014–08 related to discontinued operations. The following disposal could qualify as a discontinued operation:

  • Disposal of a component of an entity that is similar in nature to other components but has operations and cash flows distinguishable from the rest of the entity.
  • Disposal of a component of an entity due to a major change in business strategy.
  • Disposal of a small component of an entity within the current business strategy.
  • Disposal of a component of an entity with distinguishable operations and cash flows from the rest of the entity.
A

Disposal of a component of an entity due to a major change in business strategy.Discontinued operations must represent a strategic shift or major operating impact.ASU 2014–08Modifies the definition of discontinued operations by requiring only those component disposals representing strategic shifts/major operating impacts to be reported as a discontinued operation. This modification eliminates the potential of routine disposals of small groups of assets being classified as discontinued operations which was possible under the prior guidance.

372
Q

Mirr, Inc. was incorporated on January 1, year 1, with proceeds from the issuance of $750,000 in stock and borrowed funds of $110,000. During the first year of operations, revenues from sales and consulting amounted to $82,000, and operating costs and expenses totaled $64,000. On December 15, Mirr declared a $3,000 cash dividend, payable to stockholders on January 15, year 2. No additional activities affected owners’ equity in year 1. Mirr’s liabilities increased to $120,000 by December 31, year 1. On Mirr’s December 31, year 1 balance sheet, total assets should be reported at

  • $885,000
  • $882,000
  • $878,000
  • $875,000
A

$885,000Mirr began operations on 1/1/Y1 with the following balance sheet elements:
* Assets = Liabilities + Owners’ equity
* $860,000 = $110,000 + $750,000
During year 1, liabilities increased to $120,000, and owners’ equity increased to $765,000 [$750,000 beginning balance + $18,000 net income ($82,000 revenues − 64,000 expenses) − $3,000 dividends declared]. Therefore, 12/31/Y1 assets must be $885,000.
* Assets = Liabilities + Owners’ equity
* $885,000 = $120,000 + $765,000

373
Q

During a period of inflation, an account balance remains constant. When supplemental statements are being prepared, a purchasing power gain is reported if the account is a

  • Monetary asset.
  • Monetary liability.
  • Nonmonetary asset.
  • Nonmonetary liability.
A

Monetary liability.Per ASC Topic 255, the dollar amounts of monetary assets and liabilities are fixed or determinable without reference to future prices or specific goods or services. If the general price level changes, a purchasing power gain (loss) may occur on monetary items. A monetary liability held constant during a period of inflation creates a purchasing power gain because the liability could be paid using a fixed amount of cash which is worth less than the cash borrowed earlier.The preparation of constant dollar financial statements requires the classification of balance sheet items as either monetary or nonmonetary. Items are monetary if their amounts are fixed by statute or contract in terms of numbers of dollars. Examples include cash, accounts and notes receivable, accounts and notes payable, and bonds payable. By contract or statute, these items are already stated in current dollars and require no restatement. Nonmonetary items, on the other hand, do require restatement to current dollars. Inventory, property, plant, and equipment, and unearned service revenue are examples of nonmonetary items. Under some increasingly popular loan arrangements, when the repayment of loan principal is adjusted by an index, the receivable/payable is classified as a nonmonetary item.The holding of a nonmonetary asset such as land during a period of inflation need not result in a loss of purchasing power because the value of that land can “flow” with the price level (hence, the need for restatement). However, if a monetary asset such as cash is held during a period of inflation with no interest, purchasing power is lost because the cash will be able to purchase less goods and services at year-end than at the beginning of the year. This type of loss is simply called a “purchasing power loss.” Holding a monetary liability has the opposite effect. Therefore, if a firm’s balance sheet included more monetary liabilities than monetary assets throughout a given year, a purchasing powergainwould result, since the firm could pay its liabilities using cash which is “worth less” than the cash they borrowed.

374
Q

Which of the following items isnotclassified as “other comprehensive income”?

  • Extraordinary gains from extinguishment of debt.
  • Foreign currency translation adjustments.
  • Minimum pension liability equity adjustment for a defined-benefit pension plan.
  • Unrealized gains for the year on available-for-sale marketable securities.
A

Extraordinary gains from extinguishment of debt.Extraordinary gains from extinguishment of debt are not classified as other comprehensive income. Gains from extinguishment of debt (ordinary or extraordinary) are reported on the income statement.

375
Q

IAS 1 requires a complete set of financial statements to be prepared annually. A complete set of financial statements includes

  • Statement of financial position, statement of comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity, and notes.
  • Statement of financial position, statement of comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity, and statement of cash flows.
  • Statement of financial position, statement of comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity, statement of cash flows, and notes.
  • Statement of financial position, statement of changes in equity, statement of cash flows, and notes.
A

Statement of financial position, statement of comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity, statement of cash flows, and notes.A complete set of IFRS financial statements includes the following: statement of financial position, statement of comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity, statement of cash flows, and notes.

376
Q

Which of the following should be disclosed in the summary of significant accounting policies?

  • Rent expense amount.
  • Maturity dates of long-term debt.
  • Methods of amortizing intangibles.
  • Composition of plant assets.
A

Methods of amortizing intangibles.ASC Topic 235 recommends that when financial statements are issued, a statement identifying the accounting policies adopted and followed by the reporting entity should be presented as an integral part of the financial statements. The accounting policies are the specific accounting principles and the methods of applying the principles that have been adopted for preparing the financial statements.

377
Q

No deferred tax asset was recognized in the 2004 financial statements by the Chaise Company when a loss from discontinued segments was carried forward for tax purposes. Chaise had no temporary differences. The tax benefit of the loss carried forward reduced current taxes payable on 2005 continuing operations.In accordance with FASB Statement No. 109, the 2005 financial statements would include the tax benefit from the loss brought forward in

  • Income from continuing operations.
  • Gain or loss from discontinued segments.
  • Owners’ equity.
  • Cumulative effect of accounting changes.
A

Income from continuing operations.The tax benefit of the carry-forward reduced taxes on 2005 income from continuing operations, as indicated in the question. Therefore, the benefit is included in income from continuing operations.

378
Q

During year 1 Kerr Company sold a parcel of land used as a plant site. The amount Kerr received was $100,000 in excess of the land’s carrying amount. Kerr’s income tax rate for year 1 was 30%. In its year 1 income statement, Kerr should report a gain on sale of land of

  • $0
  • $ 30,000
  • $ 70,000
  • $100,000
A

$100,000Generally, gains and losses on the sale of land are not accorded special treatment. The entire $100,000 gain should, therefore, be included in income before taxes.

379
Q

Which of the following is false?

  • The components of other comprehensive income may be displayed before tax-related effects with the aggregate income tax effects shown as one amount.
  • Reclassification adjustments shall be made in order to avoid double counting of items included in other comprehensive income and also in net income.
  • Components of other comprehensive income may not be shown net of tax-related effects.
  • Other comprehensive income includes revenues, expenses, gains, and losses that under generally accepted accounting principles are included in comprehensive income but excluded from net income.
A

Components of other comprehensive income may not be shown net of tax-related effects.Components of other comprehensive income can be shown either net of tax-related effects or before tax-related effects with the aggregate income tax effects shown as one amount.Question 3:

380
Q

Loy Corp. purchased a machine in year 1 when the average Consumer Price Index (CPI) was 180. The average CPE was 190 for year 2, and 200 for year 3. Loy prepares supplementary constant dollar statements (adjusted for changing prices). Depreciation on this machine is $200,000 a year. In Loy’s supplementary constant dollar statement for year 3, the amount of depreciation expense should be stated asLoy Corp. purchased a machine in year 1 when the average Consumer Price Index (CPI) was 180. The average CPE was 190 for year 2, and 200 for year 3. Loy prepares supplementary constant dollar statements (adjusted for changing prices). Depreciation on this machine is $200,000 a year. In Loy’s supplementary constant dollar statement for year 3, the amount of depreciation expense should be stated as

  • $180,000
  • $190,000
  • $210,526
  • $222,222
A

$222,222This answer is correct. Depreciation is a nonmonetary item. Therefore, it must be adjusted to current year dollars. The $200,000 of historical cost depreciation is converted into year 3 dollars by multiplying it by the To/From ratio of 200/180.
* $200,000× (200 /180) = $222,222
Therefore, year 3 depreciation stated in constant dollars is $222,222.

381
Q

When a company discontinues an operation and disposes of the discontinued operation (component), the transaction should be included in the earnings statement as a gain or loss on disposal reported as

  • A prior period adjustment.
  • An extraordinary item.
  • An amount after continuing operations and before extraordinary items.
  • A bulk sale of fixed assets included in earnings from continuing operations.
A

An amount after continuing operations and before extraordinary items.both the gain or loss from discontinued operations and the gain or loss on sale of the segment should be shown after income from continuing operations.

382
Q

A company changes from the double-declining balance method of depreciation for previously recorded assets to the straight-line method. According to ASC Topic 250, the effect of the change should be reported separately as a(n)

  • Unusual item.
  • Component of income after discontinued operations.
  • Component of income from continuing operations on a prospective basis.
  • Prior period adjustment.
A

Component of income from continuing operations on a prospective basis.ASC Topic 250 requires changes in depreciation method to be treated as a change in estimate and handled on a prospective basis.

383
Q

If losses in the amount of $2,750 (net of tax) on available-for-sale securities have been previously included in other comprehensive income, what amount would be the reclassification adjustment when the securities are sold? Assume a 30% tax rate.

  • $2,750
  • $(2,750)
  • $3,575
  • $(3,575)
A

$2,750$2,750 had been a deduction of other comprehensive income in prior years. When the securities are sold, the loss will be included in net income, so the $2,750 must be added back to other comprehensive income to avoid taking the loss twice.

384
Q

A transaction that is unusual in nature or infrequently occuring should be reported as a(n)

  • Component of income from continuing operations, net of applicable income taxes.
  • Extraordinary item, net of applicable income taxes.
  • Component of income from continuing operations, butnotnet of applicable income taxes.
  • Extraordinary item, butnotnet of applicable income taxes.
A

Component of income from continuing operations, butnotnet of applicable income taxes.an item not meeting the unusual or infrequently occurring definition would be recorded as a component of income from continuing operations.

385
Q

Harris Inc. received $50,000 from the sale of available-for-sale securities in year 2. The securities were acquired in year 1 at a cost of $62,000, and had a market value of $55,000 at December 31, year 1. Harris does not elect the fair value option to report any of its financial assets. Ignoring income taxes, how would this information affect other comprehensive income (loss) for year 1 and year 2? Year 1 Year 2

A

Year 1 - YES Year 2 - NO
This answer is correct. Since the securities were available-for-sale, unrealized gains and losses are reported as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) for year 1. The decline in market value from $62,000 to $55,000 should be reported as a $7,000 reduction in other comprehensive income for year 1. In year 2, the further reduction in the market value from $55,000 to $50,000 should be reported as a $5,000 reduction in other comprehensive income for year 2. Since the securities were sold in year 2 for $50,000, a realized loss of $12,000 would be reported in net income for year 2. The realized loss is computed by subtracting the selling price of $50,000 from the cost of $62,000. To avoid double counting the loss in comprehensive income, $12,000 should be reported as a reclassification adjustment in other comprehensive income for year 2. The reclassification adjustment of $12,000, when netted with the $5,000 unrealized loss recognized in year 2, causes a net positive effect of $7,000 in comprehensive income for year 2. This results in answer “B” being the correct answer. The schedule below shows how the effects described above would be reported in net income and other comprehensive income for 2010 and year 2.

386
Q

Thorpe Co.’s income statement for the year ended December 31, year 3, reported net income of $74,100. The auditor raised questions about the following amounts that had been included in net income:
* Unrealized loss on decline in market value of available-for-sale marketable equity securities$(5,400)
* Gain on early retirement of bonds payable33,000
* Adjustment to profits of prior years for errors in depreciation (net of $3,750 tax effect)(7,500)
* Loss from fire (net of $7,000 tax effect)(14,000)
Thorpe did not elect the fair value option for reporting any of its financial assets. The loss from the fire was an infrequent but not unusual occurrence in Thorpe’s line of business. Thorpe’s December 31, year 3 income statement should report net income of
* $65,000
* $66,100
* $81,600
* $87,000

A

$87,000Net income as reported ($74,100) properly included the gain on early retirement of bonds payable ($33,000) and the loss from fire ($14,000). The fact that the loss was reported net of taxes in the income statement was incorrect, but does not cause the net income amount to be in error. However, the other two items should not be reported in the income statement. If Thorpe does not elect the fair value option, the rules of ASC Topic 320 apply. Therefore, an unrealized loss on available-for-sale investments in stock ($5,400) is reported in “other comprehensive income,” net of tax under one of three acceptable alternatives and as part of “accumulated other comprehensive income” in the stockholders’ equity section. A correction of an error ($7,500) is treated as a prior period adjustment. It is reported in the financial statements as an adjustment to the beginning balance of retained earnings, rather than in the income statement. Since both of these items were subtracted in the computation of reported net income, they must be added back to compute the correct net income of $87,000 ($74,100 + $5,400 + $7,500).

387
Q

What is the purpose of reporting comprehensive income?

  • To report changes in equity due to transactions with owners.
  • To report a measure of overall enterprise performance.
  • To replace net income with a better measure.
  • To combine income from continuing operations with income from discontinued operations.
A

To report a measure of overall enterprise performance.The purpose of reporting comprehensive income is to report a measure of overall enterprise performance by displaying all changes in equity of an enterprise that result from recognized transactions and other economic events of the period other than transactions with owners in their capacity with owners. An enterprise should continue to display an amount for net income with equal prominence to the comprehensive income amount displayed.

388
Q

Which of the following statements is true regarding the fair value option for valuing financial assets and liabilities?

  • The fair value option must be applied to all instruments in that classification.
  • The fair value option must be applied to all interests in the same entity.
  • The fair value option cannot be revoked until the next balance sheet date.
  • The fair value option can be applied to a portion of a financial instrument.
A

The fair value option must be applied to all interests in the same entity.

389
Q

ASC Topic 825 for the fair value option election applies to all of the following itemsexceptfor

  • Firm commitments that involve financial instruments.
  • Warranties that can be settled by paying a third party.
  • Held-to-maturity investments.
  • Leases.
A

Leases.FV Option does not apply to Leases or Pensions!!!

390
Q

A company reports the following information as of December 31: Sales revenue $800,000 Cost of goods sold $600,000 Operating expenses $90,000 Unrealized holding gain on available-for-sale securities, net of tax $30,000
What amount should the company report as comprehensive income as of December 31?
* $30,000
* $110,000
* $140,000
* $200,000

A

$140,000Comprehensive income is net income plus or minus unrealized gains and losses that are recognized in comprehensive income for the period. Net income is equal to $110,000 ($800,000 − $600,000 − $90,000). An unrealized holding gain on available-for-sale securities is classified as other comprehensive income. Therefore, this answer iscorrect because comprehensive income is calculated as net income of $110,000 plus the $30,000 unrealized holding gain on available-for-sale securities, which equals $140,000.

391
Q

During 2005, Kam Co. began offering its goods to selected retailers on a consignment basis. The following information was derived from Kam’s 2005 accounting records: Beginning inventory$122,000 Purchases $540,000 Freight-in $10,000 Transportation to consignees $5,000 Freight-out $35,000 Ending inventory - held by Kam $145,000 - held by consignees $20,000
In its 2005 income statement, what amount should Kam report as the cost of goods sold?
* $507,000
* $512,000
* $527,000
* $547,000

A

$512,000Beg. inventory + Net purchases = End. inventory + Cost of goods sold$122,000 + ($540,000 + $10,000 + $5,000) = ($145,000 + $20,000) + $512,000The freight-in and transportation to consignees is added to net purchases because they are costs of placing the inventory into salable condition (the general rule for capitalizing costs to inventory). The goods on consignment are included in ending inventory because they are owned by Kam.

392
Q

On October 20, 2005, Grimm Co. consigned 40 freezers to Holden Co. for sale at $1,000 each and paid $800 in transportation costs.On December 30, 2005, Holden reported the sale of 10 freezers and remitted $8,500. The remittance was net of the agreed 15% commission.What amount should Grimm recognize as consignment sales revenue for 2005?

  • $7,700
  • $8,500
  • $9,800
  • $10,000
A

$10,000Consignment sales revenue is the revenue recognized on consignment sales.In this case, total consignment revenue is 10 x $1,000 = $10,000. The commission and transportation costs are expenses that reduce earnings on consignment revenues, but they do not affect total revenues to be recognized.

393
Q

The following items were included in Opal Co.’s inventory account on December 31, 2004: Merchandise out on consignment, at sales price, including 40% markup on selling price$40,000
Goods purchased, in transit, shipped FOB shipping point $36,000
Goods held on consignment by Opal $27,000
By what amount should Opal’s inventory account at December 31, 2004 be reduced?
* $103,000
* $67,000
* $51,000
* $43,000

A

$43,000The merchandise out on consignment is included in inventory at selling price. But inventory must be measured at cost. $40,000 = cost + .40($40,000). Thus, cost = $24,000. Therefore, inventory should be reduced by the $16,000 of markup on the merchandise out on consignment.The goods held on consignment should be removed from the inventory because these goods do not belong to Opal.Hence, the total reduction from inventory is $43,000 ($16,000 + $27,000). The goods in transit are properly included in inventory because they were shipped FOB shipping point, which means the goods belong to Opal when the goods reach the common carrier at the shipping point.

394
Q

Jel Co., a consignee, paid the freight costs for goods shipped from Dale Co., a consignor. These freight costs are to be deducted from Jel’s payment to Dale when the consignment goods are sold. Until Jel sells the goods, the freight costs should be included in Jel’s

  • Cost of goods sold.
  • Freight-out costs.
  • Selling expenses.
  • Accounts receivable.
A

Accounts receivable.Jel will recover the freight costs when Jel deducts the costs from the amount it submits to Dale. Until that happens, the amount spent on freight is recorded in a receivable.When Jel submits its payment for the sale of Dale’s goods (also less a commission), the receivable is credited; thus reducing the amount of cash that must be paid to Dale. Therefore, the freight costs are borne by Dale. Jel simply paid the costs for Dale and will be reimbursed later. This is not a cost or expense of Jel.

395
Q

Southgate Co. paid the in-transit insurance premium for consignment goods shipped to Hendon Co., the consignee. In addition, Southgate advanced part of the commissions that will be due when Hendon sells the goods.Should Southgate include the in-transit insurance premium and the advanced commissions in inventory costs? Insurance premium
Advanced commissions

A

Insurance premium - YES Advanced commissions - NO
The insurance in transit is included in inventory because it is a cost necessary to bring the inventory into a salable condition. This is the criterion for capitalizing inventory costs.The advance commissions are not inventoriable. They are not incurred to bring the inventory to a salable condition but rather are selling expenses. The costs will be recognized as such when the goods are sold. At that time, the commission is earned by the consignee and is an expense to the consignor. The commissions are never inventoried.

396
Q

Stone Co. had the following consignment transactions during December 2005: Inventory shipped on consignment to Beta Co.$18,000 Freight paid by Stone $900 Inventory received on consignment from Alpha Co. $12,000 Freight paid by Alpha $500
No sales of consigned goods were made through December 31, 2005. Stone’s December 31, 2005, balance sheet should include consigned inventory at
* $12,000
* $12,500
* $18,000
* $18,900

A

$18,900The $18,900 amount to be included in consigned inventory (this would be included in Stone’s ending inventory) = $18,000 + $900 freight.This inventory is owned by Stone. The freight is included because it is a cost necessary to bring the inventory into salable condition and location. The inventory Stone received on consignment is not an asset of Stone’s and is not included in Stone’s inventory. Stone is helping to sell Alpha’s inventory, just as Beta is helping to sell Stone’s inventory.

397
Q

Nomar Co. shipped inventory on consignment to Seabright Co. that cost $20,000. Seabright paid $500 for advertising that was reimbursable from Nomar. At the end of the year, 70% of the inventory was sold for $30,000. The agreement states that a commission of 20% will be provided to Seabright for all sales.What amount of net inventory on consignment remains on the balance sheet for the first year for Nomar?

  • $0
  • $6,000
  • $6,500
  • $20,000
A

$6,000Nomar includes in its inventory account items of inventory it owns, regardless of its location. Nomar’s inventory on consignment at Seabright continues to be owned by Nomar and is included in Nomar’s inventory at cost. 70% of the inventory shipped has been sold.Therefore, only 30%, or $6,000 (.30 x $20,000), remains in ending inventory. The commission and advertising costs are not inventory costs and are not included in inventory.

398
Q

What is the appropriate treatment for goods held on consignment?

  • The goods should be included in the ending inventory of the consignor.
  • The goods should be included in ending inventory of the consignee.
  • The goods should be included in cost of goods sold of the consignee only when sold.
  • The goods should be included in cost of goods sold of the consignor when transferred to the consignee.
A

The goods should be included in the ending inventory of the consignor.Consigned goods belong to the consignor and are included in the consignor’s ending inventory.

399
Q

Garson Co. recorded goods in transit purchased FOB shipping point at year-end as purchases. The goods were excluded from the ending inventory. What effect does the omission have on Garson’s assets and retained earnings at year end?Understated / No Effect / Overstated? Assets Retained earnings

A

Assets - Understated Retained earnings - Understated
Both responses in this choice are correct. FOB shipping point means that the title passed to the buyer at the selling company’s warehouse. Therefore, Garson should have included this inventory in the ending inventory. This leaves inventory (assets) understated. This error also has overstated the cost of goods sold, which understates net income and retained earnings.

400
Q

On December 28, 2005, Kerr Manufacturing Co. purchased goods costing $50,000. The terms were FOB destination. Some of the costs incurred in connection with the sale and delivery of the goods were as follows: Packaging for shipment$1,000 Shipping $1,500 Special handling charges $2,000
These goods were received on December 31, 2005. In Kerr’s December 31, 2005 balance sheet, what amount of cost for these goods should be included in inventory?
* $54,500
* $53,500
* $52,000
* $50,000

A

$50,000Kerr will pay only $50,000 for the goods. None of the other costs listed are incurred by Kerr. Rather, the seller will incur those costs.Even the shipping costs are borne by the seller because the terms are FOB destination. This means that title does not transfer to the buyer (Kerr) until the goods reach the destination. The seller owned the goods in transit and therefore incurred the transportation cost. Kerr’s recorded cost is $50,000.

401
Q
The following information applied to Fenn, Inc. for 2005:	Merchandise purchased for resale $400,000	Freight-in $10,000	Freight-out $5,000	Purchase returns $2,000
Fenn's 2005 inventoriable cost was	
* $400,000	
* $403,000	
* $408,000	
* $413,000
A

$408,000Merchandise purchased for resale $400,000PLUS Freight-in $10,000SUBTRACT Purchase returns ($2,000)= Total inventoriable cost $408,000

402
Q

West Retailers purchased merchandise with a list price of $20,000, subject to trade discounts of 20% and 10%, with no cash discounts allowable.West should record the cost of this merchandise as

  • $14,000
  • $14,400
  • $15,600
  • $20,000
A

$14,400This is a chain discount and the correct recorded cost is $20,000(1 - .20)(1- .10) = $14,400. Each successive discount in a chain discount is applied to the previous net amount.

403
Q

Seafood Trading Co. commenced operations during the year as a large importer and exporter of seafood. The imports were all from one country overseas. The export sales were conducted as drop shipments and were merely transshipped at Seattle. Seafood Trading reported the following data: Purchases during the year $12.0M Shipping costs from overseas $1.5M Shipping costs to export customers $1.0M Inventory at year end $3.0M
What amount of shipping costs should be included in Seafood Trading’s year-end inventory valuation?
* $0
* $250,000
* $375,000
* $625,000

A

$375,000Only transportation-in is treated as a product cost and included in inventory. This cost is considered a cost necessary to bring the inventory to a salable condition. $1.5 million was incurred for this cost - the cost to import. Inventory represents $3/$12 or 25% of total purchases. Therefore, 25% of $1.5 million, or $375,000, of transportation-in is included in inventory. Shipping costs to customers are treated as a period cost.

404
Q

The following information pertains to Deal Corp.’s 2004 cost of goods sold: Inventory, 12/31/03$90,000 2004 purchases $124,000 2004 write-off of obsolete inventory $34,000 Inventory, 12/31/04 $30,000
The inventory written off became obsolete due to an unexpected and unusual technological advance by a competitor. In its 2004 income statement, what amount should Deal report as cost of goods sold?
* $218,000
* $184,000
* $150,000
* $124,000

A
  • $150,000 Beginning inventory$90,000 Plus purchases $124,000 Less write-off($34,000) Less ending inventory($30,000) Equals cost of goods sold$150,000
405
Q

The following information pertained to Azur Co. for the year: Purchases $102,800 Purchase discounts $10,280 Freight-in $15,420 Freight-out $5,140 Beginning inventory $30,840 Ending inventory $20,560
What amount should Azur report as cost of goods sold for the year?
* $102,800
* $118,220
* $123,360
* $128,500

A

$118,220Cost of goods sold is determined (in a periodic inventory system) as:Beginning Inventory+ Net Purchases= Goods Available for Sale- Ending Inventory= Cost of Goods SoldNet Purchases includes any purchase discounts (or allowances) and other cost of getting the goods in place and condition for resale, including freight-in. Freight-out (to customers) is a selling cost. Therefore, Azur Co.’s cost of goods sold would be: Beginning Inventory $30,840 + Purchases $102,800 - Purchases Discounts ($10,280) + Freight-in $15,420 + Net Purchases $107,940 = Goods Available for Sale $138,780 - Ending Inventory $20,560 = Cost of Goods Sold $118,220

406
Q

The following information was taken from Cody Co.’s accounting records for the year ended December 31, 2005: Decrease in raw materials inventory $15,000 Increase in finished goods inventory $35,000 Raw materials purchased $430,000 Direct labor payroll $200,000 Factory overhead $300,000 Freight-out $45,000
There was no work-in-process inventory at the beginning or end of the year. Cody’s 2005 cost of goods sold isA.$895,000B.$910,000

A

$910,000 The correct answer is $910,000: Raw materials purchase d$430,000 Plus decrease in raw materials $15,000* Direct labor $200,000 Factory overhead $300,000 Less finished goods increase ($35,000)** Cost of goods sold $910,000
*The decrease in raw materials is added to the amount purchased resulting in the cost of materials incorporated into production. In other words, $15,000 of materials purchased in 2005 were placed into production in 2005. The total cost of materials brought into production in 2005 equals $445,000.** The increase in finished goods represents costs incurred in the current period to finish inventory that was not sold in the current period. Therefore, these costs must be removed in determining cost of goods sold.Freight-out is not a manufacturing cost but rather is a distribution cost.Therefore, freight-out is not inventoried.There is no change in work-in-process inventory to affect the calculation.

407
Q

During periods of inflation, a perpetual inventory system would result in the same dollar amount of ending inventory as a periodic inventory system under which of the following inventory valuation methods? FIFO LIFO

A

FIFO - YES LIFO - NO
Under a perpetual inventory system, the cost of goods sold (COGS) is determined at the time of each sale. In a perpetual FIFO inventory system, the cost of each sale (COGS) would be based on the cost of the earliest acquired goods on hand at the time of the sales. The cost of the most recently acquired goods would remain in ending inventory. In a perpetual LIFO inventory system, the cost of each sale (COGS) would be based on the cost of goods acquired just prior to the sale. The cost of the earlier acquired goods would remain in inventory.Under a periodic inventory system, the costs of goods sold (COGS) and ending inventory are determined only at the end of the period. In a periodic FIFO inventory system, the cost of sales for the period (COGS) would be based on the cost of the earliest acquired goods available during the period. The cost of the most recently acquired goods would remain in ending inventory. In a periodic LIFO inventory system, the cost of sales for the period (COGS) would be based on the last goods acquired during the period. The cost of the earliest acquired goods would remain in ending inventory.

408
Q

Which of the following statements regarding inventory accounting systems is true?

  • A disadvantage of the perpetual inventory system is that the inventory dollar amounts used for interim reporting purposes are estimated amounts.
  • A disadvantage of the periodic inventory system is that the cost of goods sold amount used for financial reporting purposes includes both the cost of inventory sold and inventory shortages.
  • An advantage of the perpetual inventory system is that the record keeping required to maintain the system is relatively simple.
  • An advantage of the periodic inventory system is that it provides a continuous record of the inventory balance.
A

A disadvantage of the periodic inventory system is that the cost of goods sold amount used for financial reporting purposes includes both the cost of inventory sold and inventory shortages.A periodic system does not record the cost of each item as it is sold; nor does it maintain a continuously current record of the inventory balance. Rather, cost of goods sold is the amount derived from the equation: Beginning inventory + Purchases = Ending inventory + Cost of goods sold. A count of ending inventory establishes the inventory remaining at the end of the period, but there is no recording of cost of goods sold during the period. Cost of goods sold is the amount that completes the equation. Thus, cost of goods sold is really the cost of inventory no longer with the firm at year-end - an amount that includes shrinkage. Inventory shrinkage refers to breakage, waste, and theft. Shrinkage cannot be identified directly with a periodic inventory system.

409
Q

What are the three primary FIFO cost assumptions?

A
FIFO:	
* Oldest costs -----> COGS	
* Recent costs -----> Ending Inventory
Period of rising prices:	
* Lowest COGS	
* Highest Net Income	
* Highest Ending Inventory
410
Q

What are the three primary LIFO cost assumptions?

A
LIFO:	
* Recentcosts -----> COGS	
* Oldest costs -----> Ending Inventory
Period of rising prices:	
* Highest COGS	
* Lowest Net Income	
* Lowest Ending Inventory
411
Q

A company decided to change its inventory valuation method from FIFO to LIFO in a period of rising prices. What was the result of the change on ending inventory and net income in the year of the change? Ending inventory Net income

A

Ending inventory - DECREASE Net income - DECREASE
Ending inventory would decrease because under LIFO, the latest items purchased (and therefore the most costly) are considered sold, leaving the earliest items purchased (and therefore the least costly) in inventory. This is opposite to the effect under FIFO.The same is true for net income because now, under LIFO, cost of goods sold is increased relative to FIFO because the cost of the latest and most costly items are considered sold first.

412
Q

When the FIFO inventory method is used during periods of rising prices, a perpetual inventory system results in an ending inventory cost that is

  • The same as in a periodic inventory system.
  • Higher than in a periodic inventory system.
  • Lower than in a periodic inventory system.
  • Higher or lower than in a periodic inventory system, depending on whether physical quantities have increased or decreased.
A

The same as in a periodic inventory system.FIFO produces the same results for periodic and perpetual systems. FIFO always assumes the sale of the earliest goods acquired. Therefore, unlike LIFO periodic, goods can never be assumed sold before they are acquired.Cost of goods sold and ending inventory are the same under FIFO for both a periodic and a perpetual system.

413
Q

Generally, which inventory costing method approximates most closely the current cost for each of the following? Cost of goods sold Ending inventory

A

Cost of goods sold - LIFO Ending inventory - FIFO
LIFO assumes the sale of the most recent purchases first and thus results in cost of goods sold that is the most current value. FIFO assumes the sale of the earliest purchases first (and beginning inventory before any purchases) and thus results in ending inventory that is the most current value. FIFO is sometimes called LISH: last in still here.

414
Q

Drew Co. uses the average cost inventory method for internal reporting purposes and LIFO for financial statement and income tax reporting.On December 31, 2005, the inventory was $375,000 using average cost and $320,000 using LIFO. The unadjusted credit balance in the LIFO Reserve account on December 31, 2005 was $35,000.What adjusting entry should Drew record to adjust from average cost to LIFO on December 31, 2005? Debit Credit

A

Debit - COGS $20,000 Credit - LIFO Reserve $20,000
The ending difference between average cost and LIFO is $55,000 ($375,000 - $320,000). This is the required LIFO reserve account.The balance before adjustment is $35,000. Thus, $20,000 must be added to the account. The conversion to LIFO, for reporting purposes, increases cost of goods sold because, under LIFO, ending inventory is lower. The entry in this answer alternative increases the cost of goods sold. The inventory account itself is not credited. Rather, the LIFO reserve account acts as a valuation account to reduce inventory to LIFO for balance sheet purposes.

415
Q

Which inventory costing method would a company that wishes to maximize profits in a period of rising prices use?

  • FIFO
  • Dollar-value LIFO.
  • Weighted average.
  • Moving average.
A

FIFOFIFO assumes the sale of the earliest goods first. With rising prices, the earliest goods reflect the lowest prices. Therefore, cost of goods sold under FIFO is the lowest of the cost flow assumptions. With the lowest cost of goods sold, gross margin and income are the highest among the available cost flow assumptions (LIFO and average being the others).

416
Q

Estimates of price-level changes for specific inventories are required for which of the following inventory methods?

  • Conventional retail.
  • Dollar-value LIFO.
  • Weighted average cost.
  • Average cost retail.
A

Dollar-value LIFO.DV LIFO is based on price level indices. The ending inventory is determined at current cost, and then reduced to the price level existing at the base-year (the year LIFO was adopted). The ending inventory measured in base-year dollars is compared to beginning inventory measured in base-year dollars. The difference is the increase in inventory measured in base-year dollars. This difference is then raised to the current-year price level and added to beginning inventory DV LIFO, yielding ending inventory DV LIFO.Thus, price-level changes are used throughout this method.Price-level changes are used as a means of estimating the ending inventory. Individual item costs are not maintained or used in the valuation of inventory.

417
Q

Walt Co. adopted the dollar-value LIFO inventory method as of January 1, 2005, when its inventory was valued at $500,000.Walt’s entire inventory constitutes a single pool. Using a relevant price index of 1.10, Walt determined that its December 31, 2005, inventory was $577,500 at current-year cost, and $525,000 at base-year cost.What was Walt’s dollar-value LIFO inventory on December 31, 2005?

  • $525,000
  • $527,500
  • $552,500
  • $577,500
A

$527,500 Ending inventory at current cost$577,500 Ending inventory in base-year dollars$577,500/1.10$525,000 Less beginning inventory in base-year dollars $500,000 Equals increase in inventory in base-year dollars $25,000 Times current price level indexx 1.10 Equals increase in inventory at current prices $27,500 Plus beginning inventory, DV LIFO $500,000 Equals ending inventory, DV LIFO$527,500

418
Q

In January, Stitch, Inc. adopted the dollar-value LIFO method of inventory valuation. At adoption, inventory was valued at $50,000. During the year, inventory increased $30,000 using base-year prices, and prices increased 10%. The designated market value of Stitch’s inventory exceeded its cost at year-end. What amount of inventory should Stitch report in its year-end balance sheet?

  • $80,000
  • $83,000
  • $85,000
  • $88,000
A

$83,000Beginning inventory of $50,000 is at base-year dollars and the current year increase of $30,000 is also at base-year dollars. The current year layer must be converted to current year costs ($30,000 x 1.10) = $33,000. Ending dollar value LIFO is the beginning dollar value LIFO (in this case it was adopted in January so the beginning inventory must be $50,000) plus the current year layer of $33,000 or $83,000. Note that the sentence “The designated market value of Stitch’s inventory exceeded its cost at year end” is a distracter. It is simply stating that there is not an issue with the lower of cost or market since cost is lower.

419
Q

Which of the following statements are correct when a company applying the lower of cost or market method reports its inventory at replacement cost? I. The original cost is less than replacement cost. II. The net realizable value is greater than replacement cost.

A

II only.When a company reports its inventory at replacement cost (market value), original cost must exceed replacement cost. Lower of cost or market means the inventory is reported at replacement cost when replacement cost is less than original cost. Thus, statement I is not correct.When determining market value, net realizable value is the ceiling or maximum amount. If replacement cost is less than net realizable value, then replacement cost is used as market (as long as replacement cost exceeds net realizable value less a normal profit margin - the floor or minimum value for market).The firm in the question is reporting the inventory at replacement cost. Therefore, replacement cost must be less than net realizable value.

420
Q

The lower of cost or market rule for inventories may be applied to total inventory, to groups of similar items, or to each item.Which application generally results in the lowest inventory amount?

  • All applications result in the same amount.
  • Total inventory.
  • Groups of similar items.
  • Separately to each item.
A

Separately to each item.When LCM is applied to each item, the lowest overall inventory amount is achieved because in no case will market exceed cost.However, when LCM is applied to groups or to the total inventory, the total difference between items with cost exceeding market is partially offset by items with market exceeding cost. Thus, the resulting inventory valuation is not the lowest possible.

421
Q

Based on a physical inventory taken on December 31, 2004, Chewy Co. determined its chocolate inventory on a FIFO basis at $26,000 with a replacement cost of $20,000.Chewy estimated that, after further processing costs of $12,000, the chocolate could be sold as finished candy bars for $40,000. Chewy’s normal profit margin is 10% of sales.Under the lower of cost or market rule, what amount should Chewy report as chocolate inventory in its December 31, 2004, balance sheet?

  • $28,000
  • $26,000
  • $24,000
  • $20,000
A

$24,000Market is the middle figure of replacement cost - $20,000, net realizable value - $28,000 ($40,000 - $12,000 processing cost), and net realizable value less normal profit margin - $24,000 ($28,000 - .10 x $40,000). Therefore, market is $24,000, the middle value of the three.The lower of cost ($26,000) or market ($24,000) is market ($24,000), and market is the reported amount for the inventory.

422
Q

The replacement cost of an inventory item is below the net realizable value and above the net realizable value less a normal profit margin. The inventory item’s original cost is above the net realizable value. Under the lower of cost or market method, the inventory item should be valued at

  • Original cost.
  • Replacement cost.
  • Net realizable value.
  • Net realizable value less normal profit margin.
A

Replacement cost.The easiest way to answer a question like this is to make up simple numbers. The following simple numbers were made up to fit the abstract information in the question. Lower of cost or market states you record the inventory at the lower of original cost or market value (replacement cost) within the range of a ceiling and a floor. The numbers below show that replacement cost is lower than original cost and within the floor and ceiling. Replacement cost is the correct answer. Original cost $10 Net realizable value $9 Replacement cost $8 NRV less normal PM $7

423
Q

Moss Co. has determined its December 31, 2004 inventory to be $400,000 on a FIFO basis. Information pertaining to that inventory follows: Estimated selling price$408,000 Estimated cost of disposal $20,000 Normal profit margin $60,000 Current replacement cost $360,000
Moss records losses that result from applying the lower of cost or market rule. On December 31, 2004, what should be the net carrying value of Moss’ inventory?
* $400,000
* $388,000
* $360,000
* $328,000

A

$360,000Under the LCM valuation method, market value is the middle figure (in dollar amount) of the following three items: Replacement cost: $360,000 Net realizable value: $408,000 - $20,000 = $388,000 Net realizable value lessnormal profitmargin:$388,000 - $60,000 = 328,000
Thus, market value is $360,000. This value is less than the cost of $400,000. Thus, LCM equals $360,000, the valuation or carrying value of the inventory at the end of the year.

424
Q

At the end of the year, Ian Co. determined its inventory to be $258,000 on a FIFO (first in, first out) basis. The current replacement cost of this inventory was $230,000. Ian estimates that it could sell the inventory for $275,000 at a disposal cost of $14,000. If Ian’s normal profit margin for its inventory was $10,000, what would be its net carrying value?

  • $244,000
  • $251,000
  • $258,000
  • $261,000
A

$251,000The “ceiling” for LCM (lower of cost or market) valuation is $261,000 net realizable value ($275,000 selling price less $14,000 disposal cost). The “floor” is net realizable value less normal profit margin or $251,000 ($261,000 - $10,000). Replacement cost of $230,000 is below the floor so “market” value is the floor, or middle, of the three amounts ($251,000). This amount is less than cost of $258,000. Therefore, the lower of cost or market valuation is $251,000.

425
Q

The original cost of an inventory item is below both replacement cost and net realizable value. The net realizable value less normal profit margin is below the original cost.Under the lower of cost or market method, the inventory item should be valued at

  • Replacement cost.
  • Net realizable value.
  • Net realizable value less normal profit margin.
  • Original cost.
A

Original cost.Using small numerical examples or a visual helps to solve this type of question. In the diagram below, the higher an amount is listed, the greater its dollar amount. —-> RC and NRV amounts are the highest; although which of the two is the higher is not given —-> Original cost —-> NRV - normal profit margin
Under LCM, the market value of the inventory is the middle figure (in dollar amount) from among RC, NRV and NRV - normal profit margin. Thus, market must be either RC or NRV, and it does not matter which one of the two is the middle amount. Thus, original cost is less than market, meaning the inventory is valued at original cost (which is the lower of cost or market).

426
Q

Kahn Co., in applying the lower of cost or market method, reports its inventory at replacement cost. Which of the following statements are correct?
The original cost is greaterthan replacement cost
The net realizable value, less anormal profit margin, is greaterthan replacement cost

A

The original cost is greaterthan replacement cost - YES

The net realizable value, less anormal profit margin, is greaterthan replacement cost - NO​

​Under LCM, the market value of inventory is the middle of three figures (in amount): replacement cost net realizable value net realizable value less normal profit margin.
If the middle figure (market) is less than cost, then the inventory is reported at market. The inventory in this question is reported at replacement cost, which means that replacement cost is market value and replacement cost is less than cost. Also, replacement cost is the middle of the three figures (or tied with one of the other two).Net realizable value less normal profit margin could not exceed replacement cost because that would imply that replacement cost is the lowest of the three figures, which contradicts the fact that replacement cost is market value.Therefore, in terms of the question,(1) original cost is greater than replacement cost, and(2) net realizable value less normal profit margin is not greater than replacement cost.

427
Q

Which of the following attributes would not be used to measure inventory?

  • Historical cost.
  • Replacement cost.
  • Net realizable value.
  • Present value of future cash flows.
A

Present value of future cash flows.Discounting is not allowed in the valuation of inventory. Historical cost is the primary valuation basis used in inventory but the other two answer alternatives are also encountered in practice.

428
Q

The replacement cost of an inventory item is below the net realizable value and above the net realizable value less the normal profit margin. The original cost of the inventory item is below the net realizable value less the normal profit margin.Under the lower of cost or market method, the inventory item should be valued at

  • Net realizable value.
  • Net realizable value less the normal profit margin.
  • Original cost.
  • Replacement cost.
A

Original cost.In LCM, market value is replacement cost if replacement cost is between the ceiling value (net realizable value) and the floor value (net realizable value less normal profit margin).This is the situation in this question. The original cost is below the floor value. Thus, market exceeds cost and the item is recorded at cost (lower of cost or market).

429
Q

The original cost of an inventory item is above the replacement cost. The inventory item’s replacement cost is above the net realizable value. Under the lower of cost or market method, the inventory item should be valued at

  • Original cost.
  • Replacement cost.
  • Net realizable value.
  • Net realizable value LESS normal profit margin.
A

Net realizable value.Inventory must be carried at lower of cost (such as LIFO, FIFO) or market. Market is replacement cost subject to a ceiling and floor. The ceiling for replacement cost is net realizable value (selling price less cost to complete) and the floor is net realizable value less normal profit margin. Use simple numbers to help solve this abstract question. In this question original cost (assume = 100) is greater than market ((replacement cost) assume = 80). Market (80) is greater than net realizable value (assume = 70). Market is subject to a ceiling of net realizable value (70). In this case the inventory would be valued at net realizable value.

430
Q

A flash flood swept through Hat, Inc.’s warehouse on May 1. After the flood, Hat’s accounting records showed the following: Inventory, January 1 $35,000 Purchases, January 1 through May 1 $200,000 Sales, January 1 through May 1 $250,000 Inventory not damaged by flood $30,000 Gross profit percentage on sales 40%
What amount of inventory was lost in the flood?
* $55,000
* $85,000
* $120,000
* $150,000

A

$55,000The gross margin method of estimating inventory is used to solve this problem. The cost of inventory lost cannot be identified by count but it can be estimated.First, an estimate of cost of goods sold is subtracted from the cost of goods available on the date of the flood yielding the total amount of inventory that would have been present on May 1.Second, the amount of inventory not lost is subtracted from the May 1 estimated total inventory. The result is an estimate of the amount lost.With gross profit being 40% of sales, cost of goods sold must be 60% of sales, on average. Therefore, the estimate of cost of goods sold is $150,000 (.60 x $250,000). Beginning inventory ($35,000) + Purchases ($200,000) = Goods available = $235,000. Subtracting $150,000 of cost of goods sold yields $85,000 of inventory on May 1 ($235,000 - $150,000).With $30,000 of inventory still accounted for, the amount of lost inventory at cost is $55,000 ($85,000 - $30,000).

431
Q

When marking up a specific line of household items for resale, a retailer computes its markup as 40% of cost. For purposes of estimating ending inventory using the gross margin method, what percentage is applied to sales when estimating cost of goods sold?

  • 40
  • 71
  • 60
  • 29
A

71The gross margin method applies the cost to sales ratio to sales in order to derive an estimate of cost of goods sold. Subtracting the resulting estimate of cost of goods sold from the cost of goods available for sale yields an estimate of ending inventory without counting the items. This firm determines the selling price to be 140% of cost because the markup is 40% of cost. Cost plus markup yields selling price. Therefore, the cost to sales ratio is 1.00/1.40 or .71.

432
Q

The following two inventory items were purchased as a group in a liquidation sale for $1,000.Replacement Cost A $400 B $700
The firm purchasing the inventory records item A at what amount?
* $341
* $390
* $364
* $500

A

$364When items are purchased as a group, the total cost of the group is allocated to the individual items based on fair value. Replacement cost is the appropriate value to use in this case. The total replacement cost of the items is $1,100 ($400 + $700). Therefore, Item A is allocated 4/11 of the purchase cost, or $364 = ($400/$1,100)$1,000.

433
Q

How does the retail inventory method establish the lower-of-cost-or-market valuation for ending inventory?

  • The procedure is applied on a cost basis at the unit level.
  • By excluding net markups from the cost-to-retail ratio.
  • By excluding beginning inventory from the cost-to-retail ratio.
  • By excluding net markdowns from the cost-to-retail ratio.
A

By excluding net markdowns from the cost-to-retail ratio.Although the result is approximate, by excluding net markdowns from the denominator of the cost-to-retail ratio, the ratio is a smaller amount, resulting in a lower ending inventory valuation.

434
Q

The retail inventory method includes which of the following in the calculation of both cost and retail amounts of goods available for sale?

  • Purchase returns.
  • Sales returns.
  • Net markups.
  • Freight in.
A

Purchase returns.The retail method measures beginning inventory and net purchases at both cost and retail. It then applies the average relationship between cost and retail (based on beginning inventory and purchases) to ending inventory at retail to determine ending inventory at cost.Purchase returns reduce net purchases at both cost and retail because returns represent amounts included in gross purchases that are not available for sale.

435
Q

When an inventory overstatement in year one counterbalances in year two, this means:

  • There are no reporting errors, even if the overstatement is never discovered.
  • A prior period adjustment is recorded if the error is discovered in year three.
  • The year one Balance Sheet does not need to be restated if the error is discovered in year three.
  • A prior period adjustment is recorded if the error is discovered in year two.
A

A prior period adjustment is recorded if the error is discovered in year two.Counterbalancing simply means that the effect of the inventory error in the second year is opposite that of the first year. Discovery in year two provides an opportunity for the firm to correct year two beginning retained earnings, which is overstated by the error in year one. The overstatement of inventory in year one caused cost of goods sold to be understated and income overstated in year one. The prior period adjustment, dated as of the beginning of year two, is a debit to retained earnings for the after-tax effect of the income overstatement in year one. Inventory is credited for the amount of the overstatement. This allows year two to begin with corrected balances.

436
Q

If ending inventory for 20x5 is understated because certain items were missed in the count, then:

  • Net income for 20x5 will be overstated.
  • CGS for 20x5 will be understated.
  • Net income for 20x5 will be understated, but net income for 20x6 will be unaffected.
  • Net income for 20x5 will be understated and CGS for 20x6 will be understated.
A

Net income for 20x5 will be understated and CGS for 20x6 will be understated.Use the equation BI + PUR = EI + CGS. When EI is understated, CGS must be overstated to maintain the equation. Net income, therefore, is understated (20x5). Then next year, BI is also understated because BI for 20x6 is EI for 20x5. Using the equation, if BI is understated, CGS is also understated to maintain the equation.

437
Q

Bren Co.’s beginning inventory at January 1, 2005 was understated by $26,000, and its ending inventory was overstated by $52,000. As a result, Bren’s cost of goods sold for 2005 was:

  • Understated by $26,000.
  • Overstated by $26,000.
  • Understated by $78,000.
  • Overstated by $78,000.
A

Understated by $78,000.The effect of the beginning-inventory error is to understate cost of goods sold $26,000. The effect of the ending-inventory error is to understate cost of goods sold $52,000. The total effect then is to understate cost of goods sold $78,000.These effects are analyzed by using the equation:Beginning inventory + Purchases-Ending inventory = Cost of goods soldFor example, if beginning inventory is understated, then the right hand side of the equation (cost of goods sold) must also be understated by the same amount.

438
Q

A retailer failed to record a purchase of inventory on credit near the end of the current year. The goods did arrive and were included in the inventory count. The purchase will be recorded next year, when the goods are paid for. As a result,

  • Cost of goods sold is understated for the current year.
  • Net income for next year is overstated.
  • Income tax expense for the next year is overstated.
  • By the end of next year, all of the effects of the error will be automatically eliminated.
A

Cost of goods sold is understated for the current year.The error affects purchases but not ending inventory. Therefore, cost of goods sold for the current period is understated because goods available is understated. When ending inventory (which is not in error) is subtracted from goods available, cost of goods sold is understated by the amount of the understatement in purchases.

439
Q

On January 2 of the current year, LTTI Co. entered into a three-year, non-cancelable contract to buy up to 1 million units of a product each year at $.10 per unit with a minimum annual guarantee purchase of 200,000 units. At year end, LTTI had only purchased 80,000 units and decided to cancel sales of the product. What amount should LTTI report as a loss related to the purchase commitment as of December 31 of the current year?

  • $0
  • $8,000
  • $12,000
  • $52,000
A

$52,000This amount represents the amount of the minimum guaranteed amount ($60,000 {200,000 units a year x 3 years x $.10}) less what was already purchased ($8,000 {80,000 units x $.10}) = $52,000.

440
Q

At the end of 20x4, a firm recognized a loss on a contractual commitment to purchase inventory for $60,000. The value of the inventory at the end of 20x4 is $52,000. When the inventory was actually purchased in 20x5, its value had risen to $62,000. Choose the correct statement concerning reporting in 20x5.

  • A $10,000 gain is recognized.
  • The inventory is recorded at $60,000.
  • The inventory is recorded at $52,000.
  • There is no additional loss or gain recognized.
A

The inventory is recorded at $60,000.The maximum recorded value of the inventory is $60,000, which is the contractual amount and, also, the cost. If the firm can sell the inventory for more than $60,000, then gross margin will be recognized. The value of the inventory more than fully recovered, but gains are limited to the amount of previously recognized losses, which in this case, is $8,000.

441
Q

Losses on purchase commitments are recorded at the end of the current year when:

  • The current cost of the inventory is less than the inventory cost in the purchase contract.
  • The purchase contract is irrevocable.
  • The contractual cost of the inventory in an irrevocable purchase contract exceeds the current cost.
  • The buyer purchased a quantity of inventory that was not sufficient to avoid a LIFO liquidation.
A

The contractual cost of the inventory in an irrevocable purchase contract exceeds the current cost.Both qualities are required for a loss to be recognized. The firm must honor a contract in a later period by paying more than current cost and, thus, is in a loss position at the end of the current year.

442
Q

A corporation entered into a purchase commitment to buy inventory. At the end of the accounting period, the current market value of the inventory was less than the fixed purchase price, by a material amount. Which of the following accounting treatments is most appropriate?

  • Describe the nature of the contract in a note to the financial statements, recognize a loss in the Income Statement, and recognize a liability for the accrued loss.
  • Describe the nature of the contract and the estimated amount of the loss in a note to the financial statements, but do not recognize a loss in the Income Statement.
  • Describe the nature of the contract in a note to the financial statements, recognize a loss in the Income Statement, and recognize a reduction in inventory equal to the amount of the loss by use of a valuation account.
  • Neither describe the purchase obligation nor recognize a loss on the Income Statement or Balance Sheet.
A

Describe the nature of the contract in a note to the financial statements, recognize a loss in the Income Statement, and recognize a liability for the accrued loss.The firm has committed to a fixed price but must recognize the loss in the period the decline in price occurred, much like under lower-of-cost-or-market. Inventory is not reduced because the firm has not purchased the inventory under contract. There is no asset to reduce, but the decrease in net assets is accomplished by recording the liability for the portion of the purchase price that has no value.

443
Q

The dollar-value LIFO inventory cost flow method involves computations based on Inventory pools of similar items A specific price index for each year

A

Inventory pools of similar items - YES A specific price index for each year - YES
Dollar-value LIFO uses dollar-value pools which are made up of “similar” items (in terms of interchangeability, type of material, or similarity in use). Dollar-value LIFO determines increases or decreases in ending inventory in terms of dollars of the same purchasing power. Ending inventory is deflated to base-year cost by dividing ending inventory by the current year’s specific conversion price index. The resulting amount is then compared with the beginning inventory which has also been stated in base-year dollars.

444
Q

The moving average inventory cost flow method is applicable to which of the following inventory systems? Periodic Perpetual

A

Periodic - NO Perpetual - YES
The moving average method is used with perpetual records. A new average unit cost is computed each time a purchase is made and this unit cost is used in costing withdrawals of inventory until another purchase is made. The weighted-average method is used with periodic records.

445
Q

During periods of rising prices, a perpetual inventory system would result in the same dollar amount of ending inventory as a periodic inventory system under which of the following inventory cost flow methods? FIFO LIFO

A

FIFO - YES LIFO - NO
Under the FIFO method, ending inventory is the same whether a perpetual or periodic system is used. The inventory flow is always in chronological order, and ending inventory is made up of the latest (most recent) purchases. Under the LIFO method, ending inventory is made up of the first (oldest) purchases. When LIFO periodic is used, the first/last purchase determination is based upon the chronological order of all purchases. When LIFO perpetual is used, this determination is made continuously based on the inventory layers available. Therefore, LIFO periodic ending inventory is usually different from LIFO perpetual ending inventory.

446
Q

The double extension method and the link-chain method are two variations of which of the following inventory cost flow methods?

  • Moving average.
  • FIFO.
  • Dollar-value LIFO.
  • Conventional (lower of cost or market) retail.
A

Dollar-value LIFO.Dollar-value LIFO bases inventory on “dollars” in inventory rather than “units” in inventory. Inventory layers are identified with the price index in the year in which the layer was added. ’Double extension’ and ’link-chain” are two variations of dollar-value LIFO. Link-chain differs from double extension in that inventory values are extended at beginning of the year prices for link-chain and at base year prices for double extension. Because of this difference, link-chain is more appropriate for situations in which inventory is going through rapid technological changes. The two variations are not alternatives and use of the link-chain method should be restricted to situations in which the double extension method is impractical.

447
Q

The calculation of the income recognized in the third year of a five-year construction contract accounted for using the percentage-of-completion method includes the ratio of

  • Costs incurred in year 3 to total billings.
  • Costs incurred in year 3 to total estimated costs.
  • Total costs incurred to date to total billings.
  • Total costs incurred to date to total estimated costs.
A

Total costs incurred to date to total estimated costs.In practice, various procedures are used to measure the extent of progress toward completion under the percentage-of-completion method, but the most widely used one iscost-to-costwhich is based on the assumed relationship between a unit of input and productivity. Under cost-to-cost, either revenue and/or profit to be recognized in the current period can be determined by the following formula.

448
Q

The following data relate to a construction job started by Syl Co. during year 1: Total contract price $100,000 Actual costs during year $120,000 Estimated remaining costs $40,000 Billed to customer during year $130,000 Received from customer during year $110,000
Under the completed-contract method, how much should Syl recognize as gross profit for year 1?
* $0
* $4,000
* $10,000
* $12,000

A

$0When a company uses the completed-contract method of accounting for construction projects, all revenue and expense recognition is deferred until the project is complete or substantially complete (ASC Topic 605). Because there is an estimated $40,000 of remaining costs, the contract cannot be considered to be substantially complete. Thus, no revenue, expenses, or gross profit would be recognized by Syl Co. in year 1 using this method.

449
Q

The following information is available for the Silver Company for the 3 months ended March 31, year 2. Merchandise inventory, January 1, year 2$ 900,000 Purchases $3,400,000 Freight-in $200,000 Sales $4,800,000
The gross margin recorded was 25% of sales. What should be the merchandise inventory at March 31, year 2?
* $700,000
* $900,000
* $1,125,000
* $1,200,000

A
$900,000When using the gross margin method of inventory valuation, the CGS is estimated as Sales - (Sales × Gross margin). Silver Company’s estimated CGS is $3,600,000 [$4,800,000 − ($4,800,000 × 0.25)]. Therefore, ending inventory can be calculated as follows:	
* Beginning inventory$900,000	
* Add: Purchases $3,400,000	
* Add: Freight-in $200,000	
* = Cost of goods available $4,500,000
Deduct:	
* Cost of goods sold (estimated)($3,600,000)	
* Ending inventory$900,000
450
Q

A flash flood swept through Hat, Inc.’s warehouse on May 1. After the flood, Hat’s accounting records showed the following: Inventory, January 1 $35,000 Purchases, January 1 through May $1,200,000 Sales, January 1 through May 1 $250,000 Inventory not damaged by flood $30,000 Gross profit percentage on sales 40%
What amount of inventory was lost in the flood?
* $55,000
* $85,000
* $120,000
* $150,000

A

$55,000The gross profit method should be used to estimate the cost of goods sold and the amount lost in the flood. If the gross profit percentage is 40%, the cost of sales percentage is 60% and cost of goods sold can be estimated to be $150,000 ($250,000 × 60%). Beginning inventory plus purchases equals goods available for sale or $235,000 ($35,000 + $200,000). Goods available for sale of $235,000 less cost of goods sold of $150,000 equals $85,000 (estimated ending inventory). A count of inventory not lost in the flood resulted in $30,000; therefore, the amount lost in the flood equals $55,000 ($85,000 − $30,000), and this is correct.

451
Q

Which of the following statements is false regarding inventory costing methods?

  • If inventory quantities are to be maintained, part of the earnings must be invested (plowed back) in inventories when FIFO is used during a period of rising prices.
  • LIFO tends to smooth out the net income patterns since it matches current cost of goods sold with current revenue, when inventories remain at constant quantities.
  • When a firm using the LIFO method fails to maintain its usual inventory position (reduces stock on hand below customary levels), there may be a matching of old costs with current revenue.
  • The use of FIFO permits some control by management over the amount of net income for a period through controlled purchases, which is not true with LIFO.
A

The use of FIFO permits some control by management over the amount of net income for a period through controlled purchases, which is not true with LIFO.Under FIFO, current purchases usually become part of ending inventory rather than cost of goods sold and thus do not affect current income. Under LIFO, however, current purchases are normally included in cost of goods sold and thus net income could be affected by controlled purchases.

452
Q

Which of the following statements regarding inventory accounting systems is true?

  • A disadvantage of the perpetual inventory system is that the inventory dollar amounts used for interim reporting purposes are estimated amounts.
  • A disadvantage of the periodic inventory system is that the cost of goods sold amount used for financial reporting purposes includes both the cost of inventory sold and inventory shortages.
  • An advantage of the perpetual inventory system is that the recordkeeping required to maintain the system is relatively simple.
  • An advantage of the periodic inventory system is that it provides a continuous record of the inventory balance.
A

A disadvantage of the periodic inventory system is that the cost of goods sold amount used for financial reporting purposes includes both the cost of inventory sold and inventory shortages.A disadvantage of the periodic inventory system is that the exact amount of inventory shortages cannot be determined. The amount is buried in cost of goods sold.

453
Q

From a theoretical viewpoint, which of the following costs would be considered inventoriable? Freight-In Warehousing

A

Freight-In - YES Warehousing - YES
All costs incurred to acquire goods or to prepare them for sale are inventoriable. Freight-in is a cost incurred to acquire goods, and warehousing is a cost incurred to store goods awaiting sale. Therefore, both freight-in and warehousing are inventoriable costs.

454
Q

Wildwood Company’s usual sales terms are net 60 days, FOB shipping point. Sales, net of returns and allowances, totaled $2,000,000 for the year ended December 31, year 1, before year-end adjustment. Additional information is as follows: Goods with an invoice amount of $40,000 were billed to a customer on January 3, year 2. The goods were shipped on December 31, year 1. On January 5, year 2, a customer notified Wildwood that goods billed and shipped to it on December 21, year 1 were lost in transit. The invoice amount was $50,000. On December 27, year 1, Wildwood authorized a customer to return, for full credit, goods shipped and billed at $25,000 on December 15, year 1. The returned goods were received by Wildwood on January 4, year 2, and a $25,000 credit memo was issued on the same date.
Wildwood’s adjusted net sales for year 1 should be
* $1,965,000
* $1,975,000
* $1,990,000
* $2,015,000

A

$2,015,000Since sales terms are FOB shipping point, title passes to the buyer when the seller (Wildwood) delivers the goods to the common carrier. The goods shipped on 12/31/Y1 ($40,000) should be added to sales since the sale was not recorded until year 2. The goods lost in transit ($50,000) were correctly recorded as a sale in year 1. Because the terms were FOB shipping point, Wildwood has a valid receivable, and the buyer must proceed against the common carrier for recovery. The goods returned ($25,000) should be recorded as a return in year 1, when Wildwood authorized the return. Since the return was not recorded until year 2, year 1 net sales must be adjusted downward for the $25,000. Therefore, adjusted net sales are $2,015,000 ($2,000,000 + $40,000 − $25,000).

455
Q

On December 31, year 1, Kern Company adopted the dollar-value LIFO inventory method. All of Kern’s inventories constitute a single pool. The inventory on December 31, year 1, using the dollar-value LIFO inventory method was $600,000. Inventory data for year 2 are as follows: 12/31/Y2 inventory at year-end prices $780,000 Relevant price index at year-end (base year 1) 1.20
Under the dollar-value LIFO inventory method, Kern’s inventory at December 31, year 2, would be
* $650,000
* $655,000
* $660,000
* $720,000

A

$660,000The dollar-value LIFO method accounts for inventory by layers. Each layer is valued using the price index for the year the inventory was purchased. To begin, the December 31, year 2 inventory at year-end prices ($780,000) must be restated back to base-year prices ($780,000/1.20 = $650,000). Thus, the ending inventory consists of the base-year layer of $600,000 (December 31, year 1 inventory) and an incremental layer of $50,000 (quantity change holding prices constant) added in year 2 ($650,000 - $600,000). The base-year layer is left at base-year prices, but the year 2 layer must be expressed in terms of year 2 prices.Base-year layer$600,000year 2 layer ($50,000 × 1.20)60,00012/31/Y2 inventory$660,000

456
Q

The dollar-value LIFO inventory cost flow method involves computations based on Inventory pools of similar items A specific price index for each year

A

Inventory pools of similar items - YES A specific price index for each year - YES
Dollar-value LIFO uses dollar-value pools which are made up of “similar” items (in terms of interchangeability, type of material, or similarity in use). Dollar-value LIFO determines increases or decreases in ending inventory in terms of dollars of the same purchasing power. Ending inventory is deflated to base-year cost by dividing ending inventory by the current year’s specific conversion price index. The resulting amount is then compared with the beginning inventory which has also been stated in base-year dollars.

457
Q

When progress billings are sent on a long-term contract, what type of account should be credited under the completed-contract method and percentage-of-completion method?Revenue or Contra Asset? Completed-contract Percentage-of-completion

A

Completed-contract - Contra Asset Percentage-of-completion - Contra Asset
Under the percentage-of-completion method, income is recognized periodically on the basis of the percentage of the job that is complete. The completed-contract method recognizes income from the job only when the contract is completed. This is the only difference in accounting for the two methods. For both methods, when progress billings are sent, “Billings on construction in progress” is credited for the amount billed. This is shown on the balance sheet as a contra account to Construction in progress.

458
Q

Moore Company carries product A in inventory on December 31, year 2, at its unit cost of $7.50. Because of a sharp decline in demand for the product, the selling price was reduced to $8.00 per unit. Moore’s normal profit margin on product A is $1.60, disposal costs are $1.00 per unit, and the replacement cost is $5.30. Under the rule of cost or market, whichever is lower, Moore’s December 31, year 2, inventory of product A should be valued at a unit cost of

  • $5.30
  • $5.40
  • $7.00
  • $7.50
A

$5.40Per ASC Topic 330, inventory should be valued using the lower of cost or market (LCM) method. Cost is historical cost ($7.50 in this case). Market value is the replacement cost subject to an upper limit (ceiling) and a lower limit (floor). The ceiling is the net realizable value, which is the selling price less disposal costs. The floor is the net realizable value less a normal profit margin. The ceiling is $7.00 ($8.00 — $1.00) and the floor is $5.40 ($7.00 — $1.60). Since the replacement cost of $5.30 is below the floor, the floor ($5.40) represents market value to be compared with cost. Since market ($5.40) is less than cost ($7.50), the proper valuation is $5.40.

459
Q

On September 30, year 2, fire at Brock Company’s only warehouse caused severe damage to its entire inventory. Based on recent history, Brock has a gross profit of 30% of net sales. The following information is available from Brock’s records for the 9 months ended September 30, year 2: Inventory at 1/1/Y2 $550,000 Purchases $3,000,000 Net sales $4,000,000
A physical inventory disclosed usable damaged goods which Brock estimates can be sold to a jobber for $50,000. Using the gross profit method, the estimated cost of goods sold for the 9 months ended September 30, year 2, should be
* $2,050,000
* $2,485,000
* $2,750,000
* $2,800,000

A

$2,800,000Since net sales are $4,000,000 and the estimated gross profit rate is 30% of net sales, gross profit can be estimated at $1,200,000. The estimated cost of goods sold is net sales ($4,000,000) less estimated gross profit ($1,200,000), or $2,800,000. A short cut is to realize that if the gross profit rate is 30%, cost of goods sold must be 70% of sales; therefore, CGS is $2,800,000 ($4,000,000 × 70%).

460
Q

In a periodic inventory system that uses the weighted-average cost flow method, the beginning inventory is the

  • Net purchases minus the ending inventory.
  • Net purchases minus the cost of goods sold.
  • Total goods available for sale minus the net purchases.
  • Total goods available for sale minus the cost of goods sold.
A

Total goods available for sale minus the net purchases.In a periodic inventory system (regardless of the cost flow method assumed), the computation of CGS is:
* Beginning inventory
* +Net purchases
* Cost of goods available for sale
* −Ending inventory
* Cost of goods sold
From this computation can be derived the equation CGAS minus net purchases equals BI.

461
Q

A company used the percentage-of-completion method to account for a 4-year construction contract. Which of the following would be used in the calculation of the income recognized in the second year? Income previously recognized Progress billings to date

A

Income previously recognized - YES Progress billings to date - NO
ASC Topic 605 suggests a cost-to-cost measure which is a method of recognizing income based on costs incurred. The formula used for the calculation is:Current year’s profit = ((Costs to date / Total expected cost) × Expected profit) − Profit recognized in previous periodsBased on this formula, only income previously recognized is required in the calculation. Progress billings to date is an accumulation of amounts billed, and the balance in the account does not normally coincide with the costs incurred to date.

462
Q

Fireworks, Inc., had an explosion in its plant that destroyed most of its inventory. Its records show that beginning inventory was $40,000. Fireworks made purchases of $480,000 and sales of $620,000 during the year. Its normal gross profit percentage is 25%. It can sell some of its damaged inventory for $5,000. The insurance company will reimburse Fireworks for 70% of its loss. What amount should Fireworks report as loss from the explosion?

  • $50,000
  • $35,000
  • $18,000
  • $15,000
A

$15,000To calculate the loss, you must first determine an estimate of the inventory on hand, and information is provided to estimate the inventory based on the gross profit method. If the gross profit percent is 25% of sales, an estimate of the loss may be calculated as shown below:

  • Sales $620,000
  • COGS (75%) ($465,000)
  • Gross Profit 25% $155,000
  • Beginning inventory $40,000
    • Purchases $480,000
  • Goods avail. for sale $520,000
  • − Cost of goods sold (estimated) ($465,000)
  • Ending inventory (estimated) $55,000
  • Ending inventory (estimated) $55,000
  • Less: sales value of damaged goods($5,000)
  • Estimated loss $50,000
  • × 30% (not reimbursed) ×30%
  • Amount of loss not reimbursed $15,000
463
Q

In accounting for a long-term construction contract using the percentage-of-completion method, the amount of income recognized in any year would be added to

  • Deferred revenues.
  • Progress billings on contracts.
  • Construction in progress.
  • Property, plant, and equipment
A

Construction in progress.When revenue is recognized, the following entry is made:
Construction in progress xxx Income on long-term contractxxx

464
Q

Lin Co. sells its merchandise at a gross profit of 30%. The following figures are among those pertaining to Lin’s operations for the 6 months ended June 30, year 2: Sales $200,000 Beginning inventory $50,000 Purchases $130,000
On June 30, year 2, all of Lin’s inventory was destroyed by fire. The estimated cost of this destroyed inventory was
* $120,000
* $70,000
* $40,000
* $20,000

A

$40,000Ending inventory for Lin Co. can be estimated by using the gross profit percentage to convert sales to cost of goods sold (estimated). If gross profit is 30% of sales, then cost of goods sold is 70% (1-30%) of sales. In this case, estimated cost of goods sold is $140,000 ($200,000 sales × 70%). Estimated cost of goods sold is then subtracted from actual goods available for sale to determine estimated ending inventory.

  • Beginning inventory $50,000
  • Purchases $130,000
  • Goods available for sale $180,000
  • Less estimated cost of goods sold ($140,000)
  • Estimated ending inventory $$40,000
465
Q

The following information was taken from Baxter Department Store’s financial statements: Inventory at January 1 $100,000 Inventory at December 31 $300,000 Net sales $2,000,000 Net purchases $700,000
What was Baxter’s inventory turnover for the year ending December 31?
* 2.5
* 3.5
* 5
* 10

A

2.5Average inventory is calculated as beginning of the year inventory plus end of year inventory divided by 2. Cost of goods sold is calculated as purchases plus beginning inventory minus ending inventory, or $500,000 ($700,000 + $100,000 − $300,000). Therefore, this answer is correct because inventory turnover is equal to 2.5 {$500,000/[($100,000 + $300,000)/2]}.

466
Q

Nomar Co. shipped inventory on consignment to Seabright Co. that cost $20,000. Seabright paid $500 for advertising that was reimbursable from Nomar. At the end of the year, 70% of the inventory was sold for $30,000. The agreement states that a commission of 20% will be provided to Seabright for all sales. What amount of net inventory on consignment remains on the balance sheet for the first year for Nomar?

  • $0
  • $6,000
  • $6,500
  • $20,000
A

$6,000The amount of inventory remaining on consignment at the end of the year can be calculated as follows. Consignment inventory was $20,000, and 70% of consignment inventory ($20,000 × 70% = $14,000) was sold. Therefore, ending consignment inventory is equal to $6,000 ($20,000 − $14,000). Therefore, this is correct.

467
Q

The following costs were among those incurred by Woodcroft Corporation during year 2:
* Merchandise purchased for resale $500,000
* Salesmen’s commissions $40,000
* Interest on notes payable to vendors $5,000
How much should be charged to the cost of the merchandise purchases?
* $500,000
* $505,000
* $540,000
* $545,000

A

$500,000The costs to be charged to merchandise purchases should include those costs necessary to prepare the merchandise for sale. Salesmen’s commissions are a selling expense and not related to the acquisition of the merchandise. These costs are expensed in the period incurred. The interest is a financing expense and is also expensed in the period incurred. Thus, only the $500,000 should be included in the cost of the merchandise purchases.

468
Q

The following data appeared in the accounting records of a retail store for the year endedDecember 31, year 2: Sales $150,000 Purchases $70,000
Inventories: January 1 $35,000 December 31 $50,000
Sales commissions $5,000How much was the gross margin?
* $65,000
* $75,000
* $90,000
* $95,000

A

$95,000Gross margin is sales minus cost of goods sold and is computed as follows for this question:

  • Sales$150,000 Less cost of goods sold
  • Beginning inventory$35,000
  • Purchases $70,000
  • Goods available$105,000
  • Ending inventory($50,000)
  • Cost of goods sold($55,000)
  • Gross margin$95,000
469
Q

The original cost of an inventory item is above the replacement cost and below the net realizable value. The net realizable value less the normal profit margin is above the replacement cost and the original cost. Using the lower of cost or market method the inventory item should be priced at its

  • Original cost.
  • Replacement cost.
  • Net realizable value.
  • Net realizable value less the normal profit margin.
A

Original cost.Under lower of cost or market, market is replacement cost provided that replacement cost is lower than net realizable value (ceiling) and higher than net realizable value less a normal profit margin (floor). Since the replacement cost is below the floor, the floor will be used as market value. Therefore, original cost will be the value of the inventory because it is lower than the market value (floor).

470
Q

Which method of inventory pricing best approximates specific identification of the actual flow of costs and units in most manufacturing situations?

  • Average cost.
  • First-in, first-out.
  • Last-in, first-out.
  • Base stock.
A

First-in, first-out.Most manufacturing operations process and sell inventory in the order it is received, that is the first items in are the first to be sold, which is FIFO.

471
Q

Garnett Co. shipped inventory on consignment to Hart Co. that originally cost $50,000. Hart paid $1,200 for advertising that was reimbursable from Garnett. At the end of the year, 40% of the inventory was sold for $32,000. The agreement stated that a commission of 10% will be provided to Hart for all sales. What amount should Garnett report as net income for the year?

  • $0
  • $7,600
  • $10,800
  • $12,000
A

$7,600Garnett’s net income is $7,600, as calculated below.

  • Revenue $32,000
  • Cost of goods sold ($50,000 × 40%) ($20,000)
  • Commission ($32,000 × 10%) ($3,200)
  • Advertising ($1,200)
  • Net income $7,600
472
Q
The following information was obtained from Smith Co.:	
* Sales $275,000	
* Beginning inventory $30,000	
* Ending inventory $18,000
Smith’s gross margin is 20%. What amount represents Smith purchases?	
* $202,000	
* $208,000	
* $220,000	
* $232,000
A

$208,000To solve the problem, first calculate cost of sales. Since gross margin is 20%, cost of sales is equal to $220,000 ($275,000× 80%). Then, purchases are calculated by adding ending inventory and deducting beginning inventory from cost of sales. $208,000 ($18,000 − $30,000 + $220,000).

473
Q

Theoretically, cash discounts permitted on purchased raw materials should be

  • Added to other income, whether taken or not.
  • Added to other income, only if taken.
  • Deducted from inventory, whether taken or not.
  • Deducted from inventory, only if taken.
A

Deducted from inventory, whether taken or not.There are two methods of accounting for cash discounts: the gross method and the net method. The gross method records purchases before any discounts, and records cash discounts only when taken. The net method records purchases net of cash discounts whether taken or not, and any discounts foregone are considered to be financing expenses. Theoretically, purchases and accounts payable should be shown net of cash discounts whether taken or not because this net method allows for a more correct reporting of the related asset and liability, and it allows for a measure of the inefficiency of financial management if the discount is not taken.

474
Q

Selected information from the accounting records of Dalton Manufacturing Company is as follows: Net sales for year 2 $1,800,000 Cost of goods sold for year 2 $1,200,000 Inventories at December 31, year 1 $336,000 Inventories at December 31, year 2 $288,000
Assuming there are 300 working days per year, what is the number of days’ sales in average inventories for year 2?
* 78
* 72
* 52
* 48

A

78The number of days’ sales in average inventories is calculated using the formulaDays in Year / COGSorAverage inventory at cost /Average sales per day at costAverage inventory at cost would be $312,000 [($336,000 + $288,000) ÷ 2]. The average sales per day at cost is $4,000 ($1,200,000 cost of goods sold ÷ 300 days). Therefore, the number of days’ sales in average inventories is 78 days ($312,000 ÷ $4,000).

475
Q
The following information pertains to an inventory item:	
* Cost $12.00	
* Estimated selling price $13.60	
* Estimated disposal cost .20	
* Normal gross margin $2.20	
* Replacement cost $10.90
Under the lower-of-cost-or-market rule, this inventory item should be valued at	
* $10.70	
* $10.90	
* $11.20	
* $12.00
A

$11.20The solutions approach to this problem is to visualize where original and replacement cost (market) lie in respect to the floor and ceiling limitations.In this situation, replacement cost lies below NRV and NRV less a normal profit margin. Therefore, NRV less a normal profit margin will be used as the market to determine LCM. Since original cost is greater than market, market will be used to price the inventory for the period.

476
Q

The following information is available for Cooke Company for year 2: Net sales $1,800,000 Freight-in $45,000 Purchase discounts $25,000 Ending inventory $120,000
The gross margin is 40% of net sales. What is the cost of goods available for sale?
* $840,000
* $960,000
* $1,200,000
* $1,220,000

A

$1,200,000Gross margin is 40% of net sales ($1,800,000), or $720,000. Therefore, cost of goods sold is $1,080,000 ($1,800,000 net sales less $720,000 gross margin). Finally, cost of goods available for sale is $1,200,000 ($1,080,000 cost of goods sold plus $120,000 ending inventory). The amounts for freight-in ($45,000) and purchase discounts ($25,000) are not necessary for the computation.

477
Q

Under the lower of cost or market method, the replacement cost of an inventory item would be used as the designated market value

  • When it is below the net realizable value less the normal profit margin.
  • When it is below the net realizable value and above the net realizable value less the normal profit margin.
  • When it is above the net realizable value.
  • Regardless of net realizable value.
A

When it is below the net realizable value and above the net realizable value less the normal profit margin.ASC Topic 330 “market” is equal to current replacement cost, subject to the following constraints: (1) market cannot exceed the net realizable value (NRV) of an item, and (2) market cannot be below NRV less the normal profit margin.

478
Q

At the end of the year, Ian Co. determined its inventory to be $258,000 on a FIFO (first in, first out) basis. The current replacement cost of this inventory was $230,000. Ian estimates that it could sell the inventory for $275,000 at a disposal cost of $14,000. If Ian’s normal profit margin for its inventory was $10,000, what would be its net carrying value?

  • $244,000
  • $251,000
  • $258,000
  • $261,000
A

$251,000ASC Topic 330 requires the use of lower of cost or market (LCM) for reporting inventory. The market value of inventory is defined as the replacement cost (RC), as long as it is less than the ceiling, net realizable value (NRV), and more than the floor NRV less a normal profit (NRV − NP). In this case, the amounts are computed as follows:Ceiling: NRV = ($275,000 est. selling price − $14,000 cost to sell) = $261,000Floor: NRV − NP = $261,000 − $10,000 = $251,000The replacement cost is $230,000, which is lower than the floor. Therefore, the net carrying value of the inventory should be reported at the floor value of $251,000, which is lower than the cost of $258,000. Therefore, this is the correct answer.

479
Q

Which of the following is a required footnote disclosure on property, plant, and equipment?

  • Range of useful lives of plant assets.
  • Depreciation methods of plant assets.
  • Accumulated depreciation related to plant assets.
  • All of the above.
A

All of the above.All items listed are required disclosures: useful life, depreciation methods, and the accumulated depreciation of plant asset. Read through select disclosures of the financial statements of real companies-this will help reinforce the disclosure requirements and jog your memory because you will remember reading about the disclosure.

480
Q

Land was purchased to be used as the site for the construction of a plant. A building on the property was sold and removed by the buyer so that construction on the plant could begin.The proceeds from the sale of the building should be:

  • Classified as other income.
  • Deducted from the cost of the land.
  • Netted against the costs to clear the land and expensed as incurred.
  • Netted against the costs to clear the land and amortized over the life of the plant.
A

Deducted from the cost of the land.The proceeds from the building removed and sold reduce the cost of the land to the buyer. Had the building been razed, the net razing cost would be added to the land. Compared to the latter situation, the case in the problem results in a cost savings.

481
Q

On December 1, 2005, East Co. purchased a tract of land as a factory site for $300,000. The old building on the property was razed and salvaged materials resulting from demolition were sold.Additional costs incurred and salvage proceeds realized during December 2005 were as follows: Cost to raze old building $25,000 Legal fees for purchase contract and to record ownership $5,000 Title guarantee insurance $6,000 Proceeds from sale of salvaged materials $4,000
In East’s December 31, 2005 Balance Sheet, what amount should be reported as land?
* $311,000
* $321,000
* $332,000
* $336,000

A

$332,000The correct answer, $332,000, equals: $300,000 + $25,000-$4,000 + $5,000 + $6,000.The net cost to raze the old building ($21,000) is capitalized to land because it is a cost necessary to bring the land into its intended condition. The legal fees and title guarantee cost, likewise, must be incurred to avoid future legal problems, and thus contribute to the value of the land.

482
Q

Newt Co. sold a warehouse and used the proceeds to acquire a new warehouse. The excess of the proceeds over the carrying amount of the warehouse sold should be reported as a(an):

  • Reduction of the cost of the new warehouse.
  • Gain from discontinued operations, net of income taxes.
  • Part of continuing operations.
  • Extraordinary gain, net of taxes.
A

Part of continuing operations.The gain or loss on the sale of an asset is part of continuing operations as it is expected that a company will sell existing assets from time to time as the assets are replaced.

483
Q

Lano Corp.’s forestland was condemned for use as a national park. Compensation for the condemnation exceeded the forestland’s carrying amount. Lano purchased similar, but larger, replacement forestland for an amount greater than the condemnation award.As a result of the condemnation and replacement, what is the net effect on the carrying amount of the forestland reported in Lano’s Balance Sheet?

  • The amount is increased by the excess of the replacement forestland’s cost over the condemned forestland’s carrying amount.
  • The amount is increased by the excess of the replacement forestland’s cost over the condemnation award.
  • The amount is increased by the excess of the condemnation award over the condemned forestland’s carrying amount.
  • No effect, because the condemned forestland’s carrying amount is used as the replacement forestland’s carrying amount.
A

The amount is increased by the excess of the replacement forestland’s cost over the condemned forestland’s carrying amount.The two transactions are not related. The land account is decreased by the book value of the land condemned and increased by the cost of the land purchased. The relative magnitudes of the book values are shown below: award > book value of condemned land cost of new land > award
Therefore: cost of new land > book value of condemned landThus, the land is increased by the net amount: cost of new land-book value of old land

484
Q

Derby Co. incurred costs to modify its building and to rearrange its production line. As a result, an overall reduction in production costs is expected. However, the modifications did not increase the building’s market value, and the rearrangement did not extend the production line’s life.Should the building modification costs and the production line rearrangement costs be capitalized? Building modification costs Production line rearrangement costs

A

Building modification costs - YES Production line rearrangement costs - YES
The criterion for capitalizing post-acquisition costs is not whether the market value of the overall asset is increased. Rather, the criteria are increase in useful life or increase in productivity or efficiency including cost reduction.
An overall reduction in production costs meets the second criterion. Therefore, both costs are capitalized rather than immediately expensed.

485
Q

On December 1, 2005, East Co. purchased a tract of land as a factory site for $300,000. The old building on the property was razed and salvaged materials resulting from demolition were sold.Additional costs incurred and salvage proceeds realized during December 2005 were as follows: Cost to raze old building $25,000 Legal fees for purchase contract and to record ownership $5,000 Title guarantee insurance $6,000 Proceeds from sale of salvaged materials $4,000
In East’s December 31, 2005 Balance Sheet, what amount should be reported as land?
* $311,000
* $321,000
* $332,000
* $336,000

A

$332,000The correct answer, $332,000, equals: $300,000 + $25,000-$4,000 + $5,000 + $6,000.The net cost to raze the old building ($21,000) is capitalized to land because it is a cost necessary to bring the land into its intended condition. The legal fees and title guarantee cost, likewise, must be incurred to avoid future legal problems, and thus contribute to the value of the land.

486
Q

On December 1, 2005, Boyd Co. purchased a $400,000 tract of land for a factory site. Boyd razed an old building on the property and sold the materials it salvaged from the demolition.Boyd incurred additional costs and realized salvage proceeds during December 2005 as follows: Demolition of old building $50,000 Legal fees for purchase contract and recording ownership $10,000 Title guarantee insurance $12,000 Proceeds from sale of salvaged materials $8,000
In its December 31, 2005, Balance Sheet, Boyd should report a balance in the land account of:
* $464,000
* $460,000
* $442,000
* $422,000

A

$464,000

  • Land purchase price $400,000
  • Plus demolition of old building $50,000
  • Less salvage proceeds ($8,000)
  • Plus title insurance $12,000
  • Plus legal fees $10,000
  • Equals recorded land cost $464,000
487
Q

Immediately after a note payable was signed, its present value was $30,000. This note and $20,000 cash were used to acquire a used plant asset at the beginning of the current year. The interest rate implied in the note is 6%. Total interest payments due on the note over its term amount to $4,000. The term exceeds one year. No payments on the note are due during the current year. What amount of interest expense is recognized for the first year (current year) on this note, and what amount is capitalized to the plant asset account? Interest Expense Capitalized Amount

A

Interest Expense - $1,800 Capitalized Amount - $50,000
The interest expense recognized for the first year is .06($30,000) = $1,800. Although no interest is paid, interest is accrued, increasing the carrying value of the note. The asset is capitalized at $50,000, the sum of cash down payment and present value of the note. The interest over the note term is not capitalized because it does not assist in the process of placing the asset into its intended condition and location.

488
Q

Young Corp. purchased equipment by making a down payment of $4,000 and issuing a note payable for $18,000. A payment of $6,000 is to be made at the end of each year for three years. The applicable rate of interest is 8%. The present value of an ordinary annuity factor for three years at 8% is 2.58, and the present value for the future amount of a single sum of one dollar for three years at 8% is .735. Shipping charges for the equipment were $2,000, and installation charges were $3,500. What is the capitalized cost of the equipment?

  • $19,480
  • $21,480
  • $24,980
  • $27,500
A

$24,980The capitalized cost is the sum of the down payment, present value of the note payments, and the shipping and installation charges. $4,000 + $6,000(2.58) $2,000 $3,500 = $24,980. The present value of the three payments required on the note is capitalized, which excludes the interest included in those payments. The two charges are capitalized because they were incurred to place the asset into its intended condition and location.

489
Q

Oak Co., a newly formed corporation, incurred the following expenditures related to land and building: County assessment for sewer lines $2,500 Title search fees $625 Cash paid for land with a building to be demolished $135,000 Excavation for construction of basement $21,000 Removal of old building $21,000 less salvage of $5,000 = $16,000
At what amount should Oak record the land?
* $138,125
* $153,500
* $154,125
* $175,625

A

$154,125The amounts necessary to get the land ready for its intended purpose attach themselves as a part of the total cost of the land. This would be the: $2,500+625+135,000+16,000=$154,125

490
Q

Two approaches are available for applying interest rates to average accumulated expenditures for the purpose of capitalizing interest. These approaches are called the specific method and the weighted average method. In some cases, these approaches yield the same results. Two situations may be encountered in practice for a specific period: average accumulated expenditures exceed total interest bearing debt (principal) and the interest rates on all interest bearing debt instruments are the same.
Which situation yields the same results for the two approaches?
* only (1).
* only (2).
* both (1) and (2).
* neither (1) nor (2).

A

Both 1 and 2.When average accumulated expenditures exceeds interest bearing debt, all interest for the period is capitalized because all debt could have been avoided if the construction had not taken place. Also, if the interest rates on all debt are the same, then the two approaches yield the same results because, ultimately, only one interest rate is applied to average accumulated expenditures for computing capitalized interest.

491
Q

A firm began the construction of its new manufacturing facility in January of 20x2. The following expenditures were made on construction in that year: Jan. 1 - $40,000 Mar. 1 - $120,000 Oct. 31 - $96,000
Debt outstanding the entire year: 6%, $60,000 construction loan 4%, $90,000 note payable not related to construction 6%, $90,000 note payable not related to construction
Compute interest to be capitalized using the weighted average method.
* $6,720
* $12,600
* $8,400
* $8,190

A

$8,190Average accumulated expenditures is $156,000 = $40,000 + $120,000(10/12) + $96,000(2/12). This method uses the average interest rate on all interest bearing debt, weighted by principal. That rate is the quotient of the interest on all the debt divided by the principal on all the debt. The rate = ($3,600 + $3,600 + $5,400)/$240,000 = .0525. Interest capitalized = (.0525)$156,000 = $8,190.

492
Q

During 2004, Bay Co. constructed machinery for its own use and for sale to customers. Bank loans financed these assets both during construction and after construction was complete.How much of the interest incurred should be reported as interest expense in the 2004 Income Statement? Interest incurred for machinery for own use Interest incurred for machinery held for sale

A

Interest incurred for machinery for own use - interest incurred after completion
Interest incurred for machinery held for sale - All interest incurred

493
Q

Sun Co. was constructing fixed assets that qualified for interest capitalization. Sun had the following outstanding debt issuances during the entire year of construction: $6,000,000 face value, 8% interest. $8,000,000 face value, 9% interest.
None of the borrowings were specified for the construction of the qualified fixed asset. Average expenditures for the year were $1,000,000. What interest rate should Sun use to calculate capitalized interest on the construction?
* 8.00%
* 8.50%
* 8.57%
* 9.00%

A

8.57%Neither debt issuances were identified as the construction loan. Therefore, the interest rate must be determined based on the weighted average of the interest on all of the debt outstanding during the year. The calculation is as follows:$6,000,000 x .08 = $480,000$8,000,000 x .09 = $720,000Totals $14,000,000 /$1,200,000$1,200,000 / $14,000,000 = 8.57%

494
Q

A company obtained a $300,000 loan with a 10% interest rate on January 1, year 1, to finance the construction of an office building for its own use. Building construction began on January 1, year 1, and the project was not completed as of December 31, year 1. The following payments were made in year 1 related to the construction project: January 1 -Purchased land for $120,000 September 1 - Progress payment to contractor for $150,000
What amount of interest should be capitalized for the year ended December 31, year 1?
* $13,500
* $15,000
* $17,000
* $30,000

A

$17,000Interest can be capitalized on the accumulated average expenditures during the year. During year 1 the weighted average expenditures were ($120,000 x 12/12) + ($150,000 x 4/12) = $170,000. Interest is capitalized based on the weighted average expenditures times the interest rate of 10% ($170,000 x .10 = $17,000).

495
Q

Debt is frequently incurred when plant assets are acquired. For example, debt may be incurred on the purchase of plant assets. Debt may also be incurred during the construction of plant assets. How is the interest in these two cases treated for financial reporting? Debt for purchase Debt during construction

A

Debt for purchase - EXPENSE Debt during construction - CAPITALIZE
Interest on debt incurred when purchasing a plant asset, is incurred after the asset has reached its intended condition and location. Therefore, it is expensed as incurred. Debt incurred during the construction of plant assets is considered avoidable and also incurred before the asset has reached its intended condition and location. Therefore, it is capitalized to the asset in the same way material, labor, and overhead are capitalized. The interest is expensed as part of depreciation during the service life of the asset.

496
Q

Cole Co. began constructing a building for its own use in January 2004. During 2004, Cole incurred interest of $50,000 on specific construction debt and $20,000 on other borrowings. Interest computed on the weighted-average amount of accumulated expenditures for the building during 2004 was $40,000.What amount of interest cost should Cole capitalize?

  • $20,000
  • $40,000
  • $50,000
  • $70,000
A

$40,000Capitalized interest is limited to the interest that would have been avoided had the construction not occurred. This is the amount of interest based on average accumulated expenditures.

497
Q

A firm has spent the last two years constructing a building to be used as the firm’s headquarters. At the end of the first year of construction, the balance of building under construction was $400,000, which includes capitalized interest. During year two, the firm paid $240,000 to the contractor on March 1, and $600,000 on October 1. The building was not finished by the end of the second year. The firm had one loan outstanding all year, an 8%, $3,000,000 construction loan. Compute capitalized interest for year two.

  • $28,000
  • $240,000
  • $60,000
  • $65,600
A

$60,000Average accumulated expenditures for the second year = $400,000(12/12) + $240,000(10/12) + $600,000(3/12) = $750,000. Interest capitalized = .08($750,000) = $60,000. Note that the interest capitalized in year one is compounded in year two because year one capitalized interest is included in average accumulated expenditures for the second year.

498
Q

A firm is constructing a warehouse for its own use and purchased the land for the site immediately before beginning construction. Interest is capitalized on which of the following: Warehouse Land

A

Warehouse - YES Land - NO

499
Q

Average accumulated expenditures for year five on a construction project amounted to $70,000. The total cash invested in the project by the end of year five, was $160,000. During year six, the firm spent another $240,000 (total) on the project, uniformly throughout the year. Compute average accumulated expenditures for year six.

  • $240,000
  • $400,000
  • $190,000
  • $280,000
A

$280,000Average accumulated expenditures is the amount of debt for the annual period that could have been avoided. In this case, the firm has $160,000 already invested in the project at the beginning of year six. That amount represents $160,000 in debt, that could have been avoided for year six if the firm had not been involved in the construction project. The expenditures during year six were incurred evenly. Average accumulated expenditures therefore = $160,000(12/12) + $240,000/2 = $280,000. Also, [$160,000 + ($160,000 + $240,000)]/2 = $280,000.

500
Q

On June 18, 2005, Dell Printing Co. incurred the following costs for one of its printing presses: Purchase of collating and stapling attachment $84,000 Installation of attachment $36,000 Replacement parts for overhaul of press $26,000 Labor and overhead in connection with overhaul $14,000
The overhaul resulted in a significant increase in production. Neither the attachment nor the overhaul increased the estimated useful life of the press. What amount of the above costs should be capitalized?
* $0
* $84,000
* $120,000
* $160,000

A

$160,000All four costs should be capitalized because they result in an increase in the productivity of the asset. Costs that increase EITHER the life OR productivity are capitalized. Either type of increase results in enhanced asset values. $160,000 is the sum of the four costs listed.